Prince George`s County Public Schools

Prince George`s County Public Schools
Office of Purchasing and Supply Service
Facilities Administration Building (FAB)
13300 Old Marlboro Pike, Room 20
Upper Marlboro, MD 20772
Phone: 301-952-6560 Fax: 301-952-6605
Brenda Allen, Director
DATE OF ISSUE:
February 27 , 2015
PRE-BID DATE & TIME:
March 9, 2015 at 11:00 AM
DATE/TIME OF BID OPENING:
March 27, 2015 at 3:00 PM
INVITATION FOR BID #:
036-15
LOCATION OF PRE BID:
PGCPS, Facilities Admin. Bldg.
Old Marlboro Pike, Room 17,
Upper Marlboro, MD 20772
BUYER:
Donna Parks, Senior Buyer
BID TITLE:
C. Elizabeth Rieg Special Center
Roof Replacement Project
PSC No. 16.041.14 SR
Company Name: _____________________________________________________________
RECEIPT OF BID
Sealed bids for the requirements set forth herein will be received in the Purchasing Department, Room 20, Board of Education
of Prince George’s County (BOARD), 13300 Old Marlboro Pike, Upper Marlboro, MD 20772-9983, before the deadline of
3:00 PM on March 27, 2015. In order to be considered for award, all bids must be received with an original and Two (2)
duplicate copies (1) one CD of the bid, including supporting documentation. The bid title and bid number must be stated on
the lower left corner of the submission envelope.
All bidders will be fully responsible for the timely delivery of the Bid response to the designated location to include bids hand
carried, sent by common carriers, (UPS, Federal Express and the U.S. Postal Service). Bids delivered to any other office or
location other than the Purchasing Department prior to bid opening deadline will not be considered. Competitive sealed Bids
are publicly opened and available for review except to the extent the bidder designates trade secrets or other proprietary data to
be confidential as set forth in this title. Prices, makes, and model or catalog numbers of the items offered, deliveries, and terms
of payment shall be publicly available at a reasonable time after bid opening but in any event before contract award regardless
of any designation to the contrary at the time of bid opening.
MINORITY & LOCAL BUSINESS INITIATIVE
A. The Board is continually seeking to provide services, program enhancements and procurement opportunities to help
ensure the success of its qualified local minority and qualified local small businesses. The Board strongly encourages
its Contractors to maximize the use of qualified local minority business and qualified local small business enterprises
on projects. Prime contractors are encouraged to seek and utilize locally based minority and women-owned
subcontractors from within the geographical boundaries of Prince George’s County. To be responsive in the bid
submittal, the bidder or proposer shall either maximize the use of qualified local minority business and/or qualified
local small business enterprises on each project or be able to verify, through documentation that good faith efforts were
engaged to maximize the use of qualified local minority business and/or qualified local small business enterprises.
Minority Businesses included in the bid package at time of bid opening, cannot be changed without prior
approval of the Director of Purchasing and Supply Services
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM – PROHIBITIONS
State Law HB 389 and SB 611, Prime Contractors are prohibited by law from including a certified MBE in a bid or
proposal without requesting, receiving, or obtaining the MBE’s authorization. The contractor must also use the MBE’s
services to perform the contract. In addition, the contractor may not pay the MBE solely for the use of its name in the
bid or proposal.
036-15
1
Prime Contractor may be prosecuted if they fail to comply with the law. The Board is required under the law to report
the violation.
BID DOCUMENTS
The Bid documents may be obtained by:
1. Downloading the document from the Board’s website at: http://www1.pgcps.org/purchasing/bidsnew.aspx (See
Drawings section below on how to obtain complete solicitation documents).
2. Choose Purchasing, then Procurement Opportunities.
3. Access through eMaryland Marketplace at https://ebidmarketplace.com
4. Calling the Purchasing Department at 301-952-6560.
5. Visiting the Purchasing Department between the hours of 8:00 AM and 4:30 PM, Monday through Friday,
excluding holidays. The Purchasing Department is located at 13300 Old Marlboro Pike, Room 20, Upper
Marlboro, MD 20772-9983.
DRAWINGS
Prior to bidding, vendors must obtain a complete copy of the contract drawings and specifications for this project, as designed
and required for construction on this project. A CD containing Contract Drawings and Specifications may be purchased via
company check in the amount of $25.00 made payable to THE BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S
COUNTY, UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND. To purchase drawings contact:
Mr. Pershey Drayton
Department of Capital Programs
Phone: 301- 952-6615
1. CD’s must be ordered (24) hours in advance.
2. To order use the following project reference: “C. ELIZABETH RIEG SPECIAL CENTER
ROOF REPLACEMENT PROJECT
PSC 16.041.14 SR”
SCOPE OF WORK
The BOARD requests bids for the C. Elizabeth Rieg Special Center Roof Replacement Project. The specifications are
contained in the Invitation for Bid. Responses submitted must meet or exceed all requirements. Bid that do not meet or exceed
all requirements will be considered non-responsive. All exceptions must be noted.
PRE-BID CONFERENCE
A Pre-bid conference has been scheduled to address questions and/or aspects of the proposal and to obtain input and/or
suggestions from perspective Bidders. The pre-bid conference will be held on March 9, 2015 @ 11:00 a.m. Prince George’s
County Public Schools, Facilities Administration Building, 13300 Old Marlboro Pike, Room 17, Upper Marlboro, MD
20772.. Attendance is not mandatory but is strongly recommended.
SITE VISIT
A site visit will be scheduled on March 10, 2015 @ 10:00 a.m., at C. Elizabeth Rieg Special Center, 15542 Peach Walker
Drive, Mitchellville, MD to gain information as to the conditions under which the work is to be done. Failure to
participate in the site visit will not relieve a successful bidder from the necessity of his obligation to furnish all material and
labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the Technical Section of this RFP and to complete the contemplated Work for the
consideration set forth in his bid. For information pertaining to the site visit, contact the Department of Capital Programs, M.
Shayla Taylor, Project Manager at: [email protected] and check our website for updates. Please do not contact the
school directly.
INSURANCE
The successful Bidder is required to furnish a certificate of insurance. The certificate must be issued to the BOARD OF
EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY. Bonds issued to the PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC
SCHOOLS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
036-15
2
BID BOND
Bidders are required to be submit a bid bond in the amount of five percent (5%) as determined by the BOARD and specified in
the IFB, to ensure the satisfactory completion of the work for which a contract or purchase order is awarded that may exceed
100K. (COMAR 21.06.07.02)
The bond must be made in favor of the BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY, UPPER
MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983.
PERFORMANCE AND LABOR BOND
The successful Bidders are required to submit a performance and/or labor bond, Cashier’s or Certified Check in the amount of
one hundred percent (100%) as determined by the BOARD and specified in the IFB, of all phases of the contract to ensure the
satisfactory completion of the work for which a contract or purchase order is awarded that exceeds 100K. (COMAR
21.06.07.10) The Board reserves the right to request performance and labor bond for amounts over or under $1000.00.
The bond, cashier’s or certified check must be made in favor of the BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S
COUNTY, UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES/FAILURE TO PERFORM WORK
The successful bidder accepts this contract with the understanding that should they fail to complete the work in an acceptable
manner and in the time stated, shall be subject to the payment of liquidated damages as stated in the bid document.
Liquidated Damages Schedule
Amount
Day
$25,000 and under
$25,000 - $100,000
$100,000- $500,000
$500,000- $1,000,000
$1,000, 000-$2,500,000
$2,500,000-$5,000,000
$5,000,000-$10,000,000
$10,000,000-$15,000,000
$15,000,000 and More
Amount Per
$100.00
$250.00
$500.00
$550.00
$750.00
$1,000.00
$1,500.00
$2,000.00
$2,500.00
Liquidated Damages Provision for State Funded Contracts Containing
Minority Business Enterprise Participation Goals
Liquidated Damages. This contract requires the contractor to make good faith efforts to comply with the Minority Business
Enterprise (“MBE”) Program and contract provisions. The Board and the Contractor acknowledge and agree that the Board
will incur damages, including but not limited to loss of goodwill, detrimental impact on economic development, and diversion
of internal staff resources, if the Contractor does not make good faith efforts to comply with the requirements of the MBE
Program and MBE contract provisions. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the damages the Board might
reasonably be anticipated to accrue as a result of such lack of compliance are difficult to ascertain with precision.
Therefore, upon a determination by the Board that the Contractor failed to make good faith efforts to comply with one or more
of the specified MBE Program requirements or contract provisions, the Contractor agrees to pay liquidated damages to the
Board at the rates set forth below. The Contractor expressly agrees that the Board may withhold payment on any invoices as a
set-off against liquidated damages owed. The Contractor further agrees that for each specified violation, the agreed upon
liquidated damages are reasonably proximate to the loss the Board is anticipated to incur as a result of such violation.
036-15
3
a.
Failure to submit each monthly payment report in full compliance with COMAR 21.11.03.13B (3): $_____ per day until
the monthly report is submitted as required.
b. Failure to include in its agreements with MBE subcontractors a provision requiring submission of payment reports in full
compliance with COMAR 21.11.03.13B (4): $ ____ per MBE subcontractor.
c. Failure to comply with COMAR 21.11.03.12 in terminating, canceling, or changing the scope of work/value of a contract
with an MBE subcontractor and/or amendment of the MBE participation schedule: the difference between the dollar value
of the MBE participation commitment on the MBE participation schedule for that specific MBE firm and the dollar value
of the work performed by that MBE firm for the contract.
d. Failure to meet the Contractor’s total MBE participation goal and subgoal commitments: the difference between the dollar
value of the total MBE participation commitment on the MBE participation schedule and the MBE participation actually
achieved.
e. [DO NOT INCLUDE IN CONTRACTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO SECTION 15-226 OF THE STATE FINANCE AND
PROCUREMENT ARTICLE – CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS – PROMPT PAYMENT OF SUBCONTRACTORS].
Failure to promptly pay all undisputed amounts to an MBE subcontractor in full compliance with the prompt payment
provisions of this contract: $_____ per day until the undisputed amount due to the MBE subcontractor is paid. Notwithstanding
the use of liquidated damages, the State reserves the right to terminate the contract and exercise all other rights
and remedies provided in the contract or by law.”
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
Prince George’s County Public Schools has a Minority Business Enterprise Program in effect. Information about this program
and forms for compliance are available online at www.pgcps.org. Click on http://www1.pgcps.org/administrativeprocedures/
to download or view forms for Administrative Procedure 7419 (State of Maryland Guidelines). Then click on New
Construction - 7000. All firms submitting a proposal must complete the appropriate forms and submit the forms with their
proposal. For this project, the BOARD will recognize minority certification the State of Maryland Department of
Transportation (MDOT).
LOCAL MBE INITIATIVE
In accordance with Prince George’s County School goals promoting minority and locally based purchases, if all other
factors are equal, priority shall be given to a locally based firm. "Locally based firm" in this instance refers to a
company or firm with a primary business address located within the geographical boundaries of Prince George’s
County. (Admin Procedure 7419).
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Bidders wishing to do business with the BOARD are asked to register with the Purchasing Department. The successful bidder
must be an active vendor in Oracle to receive Purchase Orders and Payment. To register, contact the Purchasing Department at
301-952-6560 to receive instructions on how to register or visit the Purchasing website at http://www1.pgcps.org/isupplier/.
Prince George’s County Public Schools does not discriminate in educational programs, activities or employment on the basis of
race, color, national origin, sex, age, religion or disability.
Bidders will be required to comply with all applicable requirements pertaining to fair labor, state and local government.
In accordance with Prince George’s County School goals promoting minority and locally based purchases, if all other factors
are equal, priority shall be given to a locally based firm. "Locally based firm" in this instance refers to a company or firm with
a primary business address located within the geographical boundaries of Prince George’s County. (Admin Procedure 7419)
No Bid may be withdrawn for at least sixty (60) days after the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids by order of the Board
of Education of the Prince George’s County Public Schools, Upper Marlboro, Maryland 20772-9983.
Prince George’s County Public Schools accepts no obligations for costs incurred by Bidders in preparing or submitting a Bid
and reserves the right to reject any and all Bids received.
036-15
4
AWARD
The BOARD reserves the right to award the contract to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder complying with all
provisions of the bid, provided the bid price is reasonable and it is in the best interest of the BOARD to accept. A contract may
be awarded to one or multiple vendors, by item or in the aggregate, or any combination thereof.
NON-AWARD
Bidder will be notified via email, if their organization is not selected as the apparent lowest responsive bidder.
REJECTION OF BIDS
The BOARD reserves the right to reject any or all bids in whole or in part and to waive any technicalities or informalities as
may best serve the interests of the BOARD, to increase or decrease quantities where quantities are shown and may reject any
bid which indicates any omission, contains alteration of form or additions not requested, or imposes conditions s alternate items
and may make any award which is deemed to be in the best interest of the BOARD.
NON-EXCLUSIVE
The intent of this contract is to provide the Board with an expedited means of procuring supplies and/or services at the lowest
cost. This contract is for the convenience of the Board is considered to be a "Non-Exclusive" use contract. The Board does not
guarantee any usage. The Board will not be held to purchase any particular Brand, in any groups, prices or discount ranges, but
reserves the right to purchase any item/items listed in the price schedule submitted.
CONTRACTORS IN LEGAL PROCEEDINGS WITH PGCPS
PGCPS recognizes the significant costs and imposition on the time of personnel associated with legal proceedings.
Accordingly, PGCPS has adopted a process stating that:
“One factor, among others, that are to be considered when awarding a contract or purchase order is the existence of a
pending legal dispute – whether in court or an alternative dispute forum – with any contractor or vendor which has
submitted a bid or proposal. Before including consideration of the legal dispute as a factor, the Procurement Officer
shall seek the advice of the Office of General Counsel regarding the legal dispute and shall obtain the concurrence of the
Superintendent or his designee.”
QUESTIONS/POINT OF CONTACT
Inquiries should be directed to the following individual:
Purchasing Contact
Donna Parks, Senior Buyer
Purchasing Office
[email protected]
Technical Contact
Shayla Taylor
Capital Improvement Programs
All questions, including requests for technical clarifications, concerning this IFB must be sent via email to:
[email protected] All answers will be provided in the form of an Addendum to the IFB and posted on the website. All
questions must be submitted in the form of a Word Document. Telephone inquiries will not be accepted. No district
administrators should be contacted.
Bid Posted: …………………………………………………………………………………….
Pre-Bid Conference: ………….…………………………………………………….………..
Questions Due Date: ………………………………………………………………..…………
Addendum Posted: (approximate date only) ………………………………………………..
Bid Due Date: ……………………………………………………………………….…. …….
036-15
February 27, 2015
March 9, 2015
March 12, 2015
March 17, 2015
March 27, 2015
5
BID SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
Vendors must return the following documentation with the bid response. Failure to sign and return these documents
may cause your bid to be ruled non-responsive and ineligible for further evaluation or consideration.
1. One (1) Original and Two (2) Copies of the bid response and one (1) CD, including supporting documentation.
2. Complete, sign, and submit all Affidavits included in bid (originals must be submitted with bid)
3. Addenda (All addenda posted on the website must be signed in blue ink and returned with the technical bid. It is the
Bidder’s responsibility to check the Purchasing Department’s website for all addenda posted in response to this IFB.
4. Bid Bond (5%) is required at the time of bid opening.
5. Local MBE Notice Attachment A
6. Minority Business Procedure 7419 is applicable (see bid for submittal of required forms)
 Certified Minority Business Enterprise Utilization and Fair Solicitation Affidavit Attachment A (PGCPS
Attachment 1 to AP 7419 (pages 1 and 2)
 MBE Participation Schedule State Attachment B (PGCPS Attachment 2 to AP 7419)
7. Registered Maryland Contractor Number:
 Bidders are required to provide evidence of certification certifying bidder’s qualifications to provide services
as required. Please provide certification with bid or statement attesting to competency of personnel and
identifying the basis upon which such statement is made.
 Bidders shall place on the outside of the envelope containing their bid and on their Bid Form over a valid
signature the following notation:
Registered Maryland Contractor No.: _______________________________ for the current year.
9. Copy of Certification of Roofing Contractor License w/License No.
10. Submit sample copy of twenty-year manufacturer's NDL total system warranty. (See Section III)
11. Submit a letter of certification that your company is an authorized installer for NDL warranty purposes. In this
letter, have the manufacturer stipulate that your company has done at least six (6) NDL projects in the previous
12 months. (See Section III)
12. Bid Form (See Section IV)
Attachments
The following Attachments are included in this IFB:
 Drawings and specification packages (contractor must obtain CD for this information)
 Draft AIA Document A101 – 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor
 Draft AIA Document A201 – 2007 General conditions of the Contract for Construction
 Contractor’s Requisition Form
 DGS Roof Procedures Manual
 Prevailing Wage Scale
Bids are due by 3:00 p.m. on March 27, 2015
Submit packages to:
Prince George’s County Public Schools
Purchasing and Supply Services Department
Facilities Administration Building
13300 Old Marlboro Pike, Room 20
Upper Marlboro, MD 20772
ALL ORIGINAL RESPONSES MUST BE SIGNED IN BLUE INK
036-15
6
SECTION I
GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I.
GENERAL
A. Any Contract awarded as the result of any Invitation for Bid to furnish supplies, equipment or services to the
BOARD OF EDUCATION, PRINCE GEORGE'S COUNTY, Upper Marlboro, Maryland shall include, in whole
or in part, either attached or incorporated by reference, binding in all respects, these provisions.
B. It is the intent of this Invitation for Bid to provide prospective bidder(s) with complete information relative to the
total performance of any resultant contract. Bidders are obligated to read and understand all parts of this invitation
for Bid and to obtain clarification of any part not thoroughly understood, before submitting their proposal.
C. Contract shall be deemed executory only to the extent of appropriations available to the BOARD for the purchase
of such articles. The obligation of the BOARD on all contracts, including those which envision funding through
current and successive fiscal years, shall be contingent upon actual Board appropriations for the fiscal year(s)
involved.
D. All parts of this Invitation for Bid including the GENERAL CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS, any addenda, amendments, modifications or any other extraneous matter incorporated by reference,
will be applicable to any contract(s) awarded as a result of this Invitation for Bid.
E. The respondent is required to submit one (1) original and two (2) copies of the proposal and one (1) CD of the
complete proposal and any other applicable documents specific to this Invitation for Bid.
F. Bidder must identify the IFB by placing the IFB number, opening date and time in the lower left hand
corner of the envelope. The bidder is solely responsible for the arrival of the proposal in the PURCHASING
OFFICE, FACILITIES ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, 13300 OLD MARLBORO PIKE, ROOM 20, UPPER
MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983, prior to the prescribed deadline for return of bids. Bids will be opened
publicly after the time set for receipt and may be read aloud. Bidders may attend bid openings. Since bids must
be received in a sealed envelope, FACSIMILE COPIES TRANSMITTED VIA "FAX" MACHINES, OR
SIMILAR METHODS, WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED
Late bids will not be considered for award accepts under the following conditions:
G. The bid was sent by mail and it was determined by the BOARD that the late receipt was due solely to miss
handling by the BOARD after receipt of the address specified in the solicitation. If the BOARD declares
administrative or liberal leave scheduled bid openings or receipt of bids will be extended to next business day.
H. The time, prescribed on the title page of this Invitation for Bid as the deadline for return of bids, shall be Eastern
Standard Time.
I.
II.
In the event of inclement weather on the date this bid is scheduled to open and the BOARD OF EDUCATION OF
PRINCE GEORGE'S COUNTY CENTRAL OFFICES are closed, bid responses will be opened at the
PURCHASING OFFICE on the next business day. The time of opening on the next business day will be the same
as that of the scheduled day. Bid responses will be accepted until the time of opening on the next business day.
CONTRACT COMPLETTION
A. The project shall commence from date of award through contract completion as specified in the bid document. The
contract shall continue through required project completion.
III.
AWARD
A. The BOARD reserves the right to award the contract to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder complying
with all provisions of the bid, provided the bid price is reasonable and it is in the best interest of the BOARD to
accept. A contract may be awarded to one or multiple vendors, by item or in the aggregate, or any combination
thereof.
036-15
7
IV.
ADDENDUM
A. Any addenda to this solicitation issued after this solicitation and before the due date shall become part of the
contract. It is the responsibility of the bidder to make inquiry as to addenda issued. The BOARD will post all addenda
to the solicitation on the BOARD’s website.
V.
BID WITHDRAWAL
A. Bids may be withdrawn or modified upon receipt of written request received before the time specified for bid
opening. Requests received after bid opening will not be considered.
VI.
ERRORS IN BIDS
A. Failure of the bidder to thoroughly understand all aspects of the Invitation for Bid before submitting his/her bid will
not act as an excuse to permit withdrawal of his/her bid nor secure relief on plea of error. Neither State Law nor
Regulation make allowance for errors either of omission or co-mission on the part of the bidders. Obvious,
apparent errors in a bid may be corrected or withdrawn upon written approval by the BOARD.
When an error is made in extending total prices the unit bid price will govern. Erasures in bids must be initialed by
the bidder. Carelessness in quoting prices or in preparation of bid will not relieve the bidder from performing the
contract. Errors discovered after public opening cannot be corrected and the bidder will be required to perform if
the bid is accepted.
VII.
REJECTION OF BIDS
A. The BOARD reserves the right to reject any or all bids in whole or in part and to waive any technicalities or
informalities as may best serve the interests of the BOARD, to increase or decrease quantities where quantities are
shown and may reject any bid which indicates any omission, contains alteration of form or additions not requested,
or imposes conditions s alternate items and may make any award which is deemed to be in the best interest of the
BOARD.
VIII.
PROTEST
A. The Director of Purchasing and Supply Services shall attempt to resolve informally all protest of bid award
recommendations. Vendors are encouraged to present their concerns promptly to the Buyer and/or Purchasing
Supervisor for consideration and resolution. Open dialogue is helpful for all parties and disputes are often only a
misunderstanding of the evaluation and recommendation process.
1. An interested party (bidder of standing or offeror) may protest to the Director of Purchasing and Supply
Services a proposed award of a contract for supplies, equipment, services, or maintenance. A bidder of
standing is a bidder who would be directly next in line for an award should the protest be supported.
a.
The protest shall be in writing addressed to the Purchasing Supervisor with a copy to the Director and
shall include the following:





The name address and telephone number(s) of the protester.
Identification of the solicitation
Statement of reasons for the protest
Supporting documentation to substantiate the claim
The remedy sought
2. The protest must be filed with the Purchasing Office within five (5) calendar days of the recommendation of
award or notification to the bidder or offeror that their bid or proposal will be rejected.
3. A vendor who does not file a timely protest before the contract is executed by the Board is deemed to have
waived any objection.
4. The Director of Purchasing shall inform the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) upon receipt of the protest.
036-15
8
5. The Director of Purchasing shall confer with the general counsel prior to issuance of a decision regarding
disputes of contracts or awards.
6. The Director of Purchasing shall issue a decision in writing. Any decision of a bid award protest may be
appealed to the CFO within two (2) days of issuance of the decision by the Director of Purchasing. The
decision of the CFO shall be final.
B. Appeal of Contract Award Decision
1. A vendor who remains unsatisfied after following the procedures may contest a contract awarded by the Board
by filing an appeal to the Maryland State Board of Education as provided by Maryland’s public school law.
IX.
VENDOR ACCEPTANCE
A. The successful bidder(s) will receive from the PURCHASING OFFICE, BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE
GEORGE'S COUNTY, UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983, a contract. Upon receipt, the bidder
must sign and return all copies of the contract.
B. Any required documentation, such as; Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Certificate of Insurance, and other
material required must be submitted by the bidder with the award letter.
C. Failure to sign the contract and return all required documents within fifteen (15) calendar days from date of receipt
shall rule your response null and void and, therefore, award shall be made to the next low responsive bidder. The
bidder shall forfeit any Bonds so posted. In addition, this may also be cause for removal of your firm from the
bidder's list.
X.
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES REQUIREMENTS
A. The Board of Education of Prince George's County Minority Business Program Administrative Procedures No.
7419 (attached) is applicable and will be part of the Bid Requirements. Each bid submitted, including submittals
from certified Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) firms, in response to this solicitation, MUST SUBMIT AT
THE TIME OF BID OPENING a complete Attachment (A) "Certified Minority Business Enterprise
Utilization and Fair Solicitation Affidavit" and a complete Attachment (B) "MBE Participation Schedule".
All of the work specified to be performed by each MBE firm, the contact information, MDOT certification
number, minority code, the dollar values, and percentages must be correct. Failure to adhere to the guidelines
outlined in this procedure, may result in your firm being ruled non-responsive and may jeopardize any future
awards. Please see Administrative Procedure 7419 for additional forms that shall be considered as part of the
contract and MUST be furnished by the apparent low bidder to the MBE Liaison or designated person, within ten
(10) working days from notification that the firm is the apparent low bidder.
B. The contractor or supplier who provides materials, supplies, equipment and/or services for this construction project
shall attempt to achieve the specific overall MBE goal of 30% percent (including 7 % African American and 4%
Asian owned) of the total dollar value of the construction contract established for this project. All prime
contractors, including certified MBE firms, when submitting bids as general or prime contractors, are required to
attempt to achieve this goal from certified MBE firms.
C. Only those businesses registered in the Purchasing I-Supplier database and listed in the Minority Business
Enterprise Office directory for the Board of Education of Prince George’s County as a certified minority vendor at
the time of any respective bid opening, shall be recognized as a “Certified Minority Business.” If not listed,
evidence of acceptable certification from the Maryland Department of Transportation (MDOT),
D. The Board of Education of Prince George’s County strongly encourages its Contractors to maximize the use of
qualified locally based minority and women-owned business within the geographical boundaries of Prince
George’s County. The bidder or proposer should be able to verify, through documentation that good faith efforts
were engaged to maximize the use of qualified local minority and women-owned businesses in Prince George’s
County. Documentation of good faith efforts may be required to be submitted in the sealed bid packet on the date
and at the time due for the respective bid submittal.
036-15
9
E. Minority businesses are encouraged to submit bids in response to this notice. Administrative Procedure No.
7419 may be viewed at the Purchasing Office by prospective bidders. Further information required may be
obtained by contacting the Minority Business Officer, Mr. Wes Owens at: [email protected]
XI.
INSURANCE
A. The contractor must maintain and pay for Comprehensive Business Insurance to protect their claims under the
Workers’ Compensation Act, from claims or damages because of bodily injury to others, including employees of
the BOARD, damage to the property of others, including the BOARD, claims for damages arising out of the
operation of motor vehicles, which may arise during the performance of the contract whether caused by
themselves or by any sub-contractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, and Product
Liability Insurance. Said insurance is to cover the duration of the contract under an express or implied warranty.
B. The following coverage and limits are required of all vendors:




General Liability, including Products Liability & Completed Operations - $1,000,000 per
occurrence/$2,000,000 aggregate
Workers Compensation – Statutory Benefits (Only required if the Contractor will be delivering the
product(s)).
Employers Liability - $500,000 each accident/$500,000 injury by disease/$500,000 injury by disease
aggregate (Only required if the Contractor will be delivering the product(s) to our building).
Auto Liability - $1,000,000 combined single limit (Only required if the Contractor will be delivering the
product(s) to our building).
C. The certificate on this insurance shall be made in favor of the BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE
GEORGE’S COUNTY, UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983 and indicate paid up coverage for
the term of the contract.
D. The certificate of insurance TO BE SUBMITTED to the PURCHASING OFFICE, FACILITIES
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, 13300 OLD MARLBORO PIKE, UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND
20772-9983.
E. It will be the responsibility of the successful bidder(s) to ensure that a current Certificate of Insurance is on file in
the Purchasing Office during the entire period of the contract.
F. The cost of the above insurance shall be considered an overhead or operating expense to the Contractor, similar to
rental costs, utilities, automobile liability insurance, and other business related expenses. The premiums or costs
to provide the above insurance shall not be directly related to the cost of the work or services specified in
this Invitation for Bid.
XII.
SURETY
A. The following SURETY is required in conjunction with this Invitation for Bid and any resultant contract(s).
Bonds or checks NOT made in favor of BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE'S COUNTY shall not
be accepted. "Prince George's County Public Schools" is not a legal entity, and therefore, bonds or checks
made in favor of Prince George's County Public Schools will not be accepted; the bid offer shall be declared
non-responsive and not considered for award.
1. Bid Bond
a.
Bids must be accompanied by a Bid bond or Certified Check in the amount of five percent (5%) of the
total amount of the bid to be made in favor of the
BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY,
UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983
Certified Checks will be returned to all but the successful bidder(s) within five (5) days after award of
contract(s). Successful bidder’s Certified Check will be returned only upon receipt of Performance Bond.
2. Performance Bond, Cashier’s or Certified Check
036-15
10
a. The successful bidder is required to furnish to the BOARD a Performance Bond, Cashier’s or Certified
Check in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of all phases of the contract and to be made in favor
of the BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY,
UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983
The above is the legal title for the school system. Deviation from this title shall not constitute intent to
furnish and all such documents shall be rejected and returned. Timeliness is of the essence and delays in
furnishing acceptable documents may constitute default.
b. The insurance company issuing the bond must have a policyholders rating of A Plus and a financial rating
of Class X per Best’s Rating Service. Said surety must be issued by a bonding company licensed to do
business in the STATE OF MARYLAND and acceptable to the BOARD and submitted to the
PURCHASING OFFICE, BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY, UPPER
MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983 within 15 calendar days after receipt of award. No contract
shall exist prior to return of the signed award and acceptable surety.
c.
The Performance Bond, Cashier’s or Certified Check will provide assurance of faithful performance and
discharge of all duties and responsibilities attendant thereto required by law or as provided herein by the
contractor of all ASPECTS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS of this contract.
B. In addition to the above surety, the following may be required on certain construction contracts. The successful
bidder(s) should be prepared to provide the surety if instructed to do so in any resultant Contract Award.
Labor and Material Payment Bond
a.
The successful bidder is required to furnish to the BOARD a LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT
BOND in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of all phases of the contract and to be made in favor
of the
BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY,
UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983
The above is the legal title for the school system. Deviation from this title shall not constitute intent to
furnish and all such documents shall be rejected and returned. Timeliness is of the essence and delays in
furnishing acceptable documents may constitute default.
b. The insurance company issuing the bond must have a policyholders rating of A Plus and a financial rating
of Class X per Best’s Rating Service. Said surety must be issued by a bonding company licensed to do
business in the STATE OF MARYLAND and acceptable to the BOARD and submitted to the
PURCHASING OFFICE, BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY, UPPER
MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983 within 15 calendar days after receipt of award. No contract
shall exist prior to return of the signed award and acceptable surety.
c.
XIII.
The Labor and Material Payment Bond will provide assurance of faithful performance and discharge of all
duties and responsibilities attendant thereto required by law or as provided herein by the contractor of all
ASPECTS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS of this contract.
QUALITY
A. QUALITY of materials furnished shall be subject to our inspection upon receipt. If rejected, the material will be
held for disposition at your risk and expense for a period of 30 days. After such period, the BOARD OF
EDUCATION will not be responsible for the loss or misplacement of rejected materials.
B. DEVIATIONS from the specification of the materials shall not be accepted without prior written approval from
the Purchasing Office.
C. QUALITY of the material ordered must not be changed without first obtaining our written approval.
036-15
11
XIV.
LAWS AND PERMITS
A. The contractor shall, without additional cost to the BOARD, be responsible for paying for and obtaining any
necessary licenses, inspections and permits for complying with any and all FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL
LAWS, CODES AND REGULATIONS, in connection with the performance of the work.
B. Laws of the STATE OF MARYLAND and PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY shall govern the contract.
XV.
TAXES
A. Respondents shall assume full responsibility for payment of any and all taxes which may be construed by law
authority as being due for materials ands supplies under any contract with the BOARD OF EDUCATION OF
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY. They shall hold the BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S
COUNTY safe and harmless from any liability for said taxes.
B. Responses to the proposal submitted shall not include Federal Excise Taxes or State or Local Sales or Use Taxes
(if applicable). The cost of any taxes (operational and/cost of doing business) that are lawfully due and paid by the
contractor may be passed on to the Board of Education as part of the overall cost.
C. The BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY is subject to the provisions of Article 81,
Section 326 (a) of the Annotated Code of Maryland which provides that the Retail Sales Tax shall not apply to the
following Sales:
1. State Sales - “Sales to the State of Maryland or any of its political subdivisions. Provided that this sub-section
shall not be construed or applied to exempt any sale, otherwise taxable under this subtitle, or tangible personal
property to contractors or builders to be used for the construction, repair or alteration of real property, on
contracts advertised for solicitation after July 1, 1968.”
XVI.
CHANGES IN TERMS OR DELIVERY/COMPLETION DATE
A. After award of individual contracts, any questions or correspondence related but not limited to the following
matters must be directed to the PURCHASING OFFICE, BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE'S
COUNTY, UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983, in writing:
1. Requests for deviation from the specifications, terms, or conditions of the contract
2. Bonding or insurance
3. Other matters.
B. In the event of strikes, Acts of God, or other circumstances beyond the contractors’ control, which prevent
completion of work or delivery, the contractor must secure temporary contractual relief. The circumstances and
duration must be stated by the contractor in writing and be forwarded to the PURCHASING OFFICE within ten
(10) days after their development. Contractual relief shall be only that which is acceptable to and in agreement
with the PURCHASING OFFICE, for those goods and services, which are necessary for the day-to-day needs of
the BOARD.
XVII. INVOICES
A. Invoices must be submitted in QUADRUPLICATE, ACCOMPANIED BY A SIGNED DELIVERY TICKET, TO
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT OFFICE, BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY,
FACILITIES ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, 13300 OLD MARLBORO PIKE, ROOM 11, UPPER
MARLBORO, MD 20772, attention Elizabeth Butler and contain the following minimal information:
036-15
12
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Purchase order number
Request for Proposal number
Delivery destinations as it appears on the purchase document
Quantity, item number, and description of item billed
Unit price and extended price of item
Total amount of invoice
XVIII. PAYMENT
A. Payment will be made upon receipt of proper invoices. Payment shall be NET 30 days from date of receipt of
invoice.
XIX.
DAMAGES OR INJURY
A. Qualifying contractors will be held pecuniary responsible for any and all damage to BOARD property done or
caused by them or their employees or other personnel engaged in the execution of the contract.
B. The contractor shall be similarly responsible for all injury to persons that occur as a result of his fault or
negligence.
C. The contractor shall take proper safety and health precautions to protect the work, the workers, the public and the
property of others.
D. The contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage to adjacent property incurred in the performance of the
contract and shall hold the BOARD free of any and all claims for damages arising from the execution of the
contract.
XX.
TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE
A. This contract may be terminated by the BOARD OF EDUCATION in accordance with this clause in whole or\ in
part whenever the Board Contracting Officer shall determine that such a termination is in the best interest of the
BOARD OF EDUCATION. Any such termination shall be affected by delivery to the Contractor at least five (5)
working days prior to the termination date of a Notice of Termination specifying the extent to which performance
shall be terminated and date upon such termination becomes effective. An equitable adjustment in the contract
price shall be made for completed service, but no amount shall be allowed for anticipated profit on unperformed
services.
XXI.
TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT
A. The BOARD OF EDUCATION may, by written notice of default to the Contractor, terminate the whole or any
part of the Contract in any one of the following circumstances:
1. If the Contractor fails to make delivery of the supplies or equipment exactly as specified or perform the
services within the time and manner specified herein or any extension thereof, or
2. If the Contractor fails to perform any of the other provisions of this Contract, or so fails to make progress as to
endanger performance of this Contract in accordance with its terms, and in either of these two circumstances
does not cure such failure within a period of ten (10) days (or such longer period as the Purchasing Office may
authorize in writing) after receipt of written notice from the Purchasing Office specifying such failure, or
3. Willfully attempt to make delivery of items other than the items in the Contract, or perform the services other
than specified as to quality, contents of pack, work processes or otherwise, without specific authorization in
the form of a contract amendment, or
4. If a determination is made by the BOARD OF EDUCATION that the obtaining of the Contract was influenced
by an employee of the BOARD having received a gratuity, or promise thereof, in any way or form.
036-15
13
XXII. DISCLOSURE
A. Bidder shall not disclose information concerning work under this Agreement to any third party, unless such
disclosure is necessary for the performance of the Agreement effort. No news releases, public announcement,
denial or confirmation of any part of the subject matter of this Agreement or any phase of any program hereunder
shall be made without prior written consent of the Board. The restrictions of this paragraph shall continue in effect
upon completion or the parties may mutually agree upon termination of this Agreement for such period of time as
in writing. In the absence of a written established period, no disclosure is authorized. Failure to comply with the
provisions of this Clause may be cause for termination of this Agreement.
XXIII. INFRINGEMENT OF PATENT, TRADEMARK, COPYRIGHT, TRADE SECRET, OTHER INTEREST
A. The following terms apply to any infringement, of claim or infringement, of any patent, trademark, copyright,
trade secret or other proprietary interest based on the manufacture, normal use or sale of any material, equipment,
programs or services furnished by Bidder to the Board, unless such infringement or claim results from the Bidder
following written instruction or directions of The BOARD. Bidder shall indemnify the Board, for any loss,
damage, expense, or liability that may result by reason of any such infringement or claim. Bidder shall defend or
settle, at Bidder’s own expense, any action or suit for which Bidder is responsible hereunder. The Board shall
notify Bidder promptly of any claim or infringement for which Bidder is responsible and shall cooperate with
Bidder in every way to facilitate the defense of any such claim.
XXIV. NON-DISCRIMINATION
A. The Contractor is to conduct business in a non-discriminatory manner prohibiting discrimination in any manner
against any employee or applicant for employment because of sex, race, creed, color, age, mental or physical
disability, sexual orientation or national origin.
XXV.
RIGHT TO DATA
A. All data, reports and other documents generated for the BOARD and accumulated by the consultant/contractor in
the performance of this order/award, shall remain the property of the BOARD, and shall be returned to the control
of the BOARD upon completion of the contract. No personal student or BOARD information, as defined by
federal and state law and BOARD policy, shall be disclosed or published unless otherwise agreed herein.
XXVI. RIGHT TO AUDIT
A. The contractor shall agree that in accordance with Section 952 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1980,
its contracts, books, documents and records will be made available to the Comptroller General of the United States
and the BOARD until the expiration of services is finalized under this Agreement.
XXVII. AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS
A. A contract shall be deemed executory only to the extent of appropriations available to the BOARD for the
purchase of such articles. The obligation of the BOARD on all contracts, including those which envision funding
through current and successive fiscal years, shall be contingent upon actual Board appropriations for the fiscal
year(s) involved.
XXVIII. RESTRICTIONS
A. Potential contractors/vendors of the Board of Education of Prince George's County Schools are advised that
Maryland law now provides the following mandatory restrictions on registered sex offenders performing work or
services on school system property:
B. "A person who enters into a contract with a county board of education or a nonpublic school may not knowingly
employ an individual to work at a school if the individual is a registrant. A person who violates this section is
guilty of a misdemeanor and on conviction is subject to imprisonment not exceeding 5 years or a fine not
exceeding $5,000 or both."
C. Persons or entities awarded contracts with the Board of Education of Prince George's County are required to
certify that no employee, subcontractor, subcontractor employee, or material supplier that is a registered sex
036-15
14
offender will be allowed to enter onto school system property at any time in the performance of the work or
services for which the contract is awarded. Such certification is a condition precedent to any contract award, and
failure to so certify will be grounds for not awarding a contract. It will be the responsibility of contractors to
obtain similar certification from all sub-contractors and material suppliers performing work or services on school
system property and to monitor adherence to this requirement. In the event that the Board of Education of Prince
George's County determines that a registered sex offender has entered upon school system property in the
performance of work for a contractor/vendor, such will be grounds for termination of the contract.
XXIX. FINGERPRINT AND BACKGROUND CHECKS
A. Pursuant to BOARD Administrative Procedure 4215, all Independent Contractors and Outsourced Agencies and
their employees who will be on BOARD property and may have contact with students, MUST have a fingerprint
and background check provided by the BOARD at the contractor’s expense. The contractor will be responsible to
call the Fingerprinting Office at 301-952-6775 to schedule an appointment.
XXX. BIDDER'S QUALIFICATION
A. Bidders may be required to furnish satisfactory evidence that they are qualified dealers or manufacturers of the
items listed, or regularly engaged in performing the services on which they are bidding, and in both cases maintain
a regularly established place of business. An authorized representative of the BOARD OF EDUCATION may
visit any prospective Contractor's place of business to determine his/her ability, capacity, reliability, financial
stability and other factors necessary to perform the Contract.
XXXI. FAILURE TO RESPOND
A. Failure to make response to this invitation for bid may cause removal of your name from our bidder’s mailing list
for this commodity or service. Those bidders wishing to remain on the mailing list for this commodity or service
but do not desire to submit a bid at this time, should affix the enclosed mailing label, marked "no bid", to an
envelope with the company's name and return address clearly shown, and mail as indicated on the label. If you are
not a supplier of this commodity or service submit a "no bid" and request your name be removed from our mailing
list for this commodity or service only.
XXXII. ASBESTOS
A. This is to notify all Offerers of the existence of asbestos containing materials used in the Prince George's County
Public Schools. Contractor’s employees, including subcontractors, are prohibited from conducting any activities
that can result in damage to asbestos containing material or in the release of asbestos fibers into the air. The Prince
George's County Public Schools has inspected all buildings per the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act
(AHERA) and maintains a management plan for each building that details the location and condition of all
asbestos containing materials. It is required that a responsible official of the successful offeror’s company visit the
Prince George's County Public Schools Environmental Office to review and understand the management plan for
the building(s) involved in this specification.
THE CONTRACT MAY NOT BE AWARDED UNTIL THIS
REQUIREMENT IS MET. Access to the material is required. It is the responsibility of the Offerer to arrange
such a review via the Contractual Point of Contract listed below.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for all asbestos removal within the work area and shall include in his proposal
all costs related to asbestos removal.
C. The BOARD recognizes that Offerers may need to review the management plans and/or make a site visit to the
school involved in the specification before submitting their proposals. Offerer should call the Prince George's
County Public School’s Environmental Office at 301-952-6525 to make arrangements for such actions.
D. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to make his/her employees and all Subcontractors’ employees aware of the
existence and location of all asbestos containing material and to take appropriate action in accordance with all
applicable federal, state and county guidelines whenever the Contractor has discovered any of the following
conditions:
1. Asbestos containing material in the work area that must be removed before the Contractor will be able to
continue work.
2. Asbestos containing material in the work area that has preexisting damage.
036-15
15
3. Asbestos containing material in the Contractor’s work area that is undamaged, but which may be affected by
the Contractor’s activity.
4. Work performed by the Contractor has resulted in damage to asbestos containing material or other wise has
caused the release of asbestos fibers into the air.
E. The BOARD reserves the right to back charge the Contractor for the actual cost of all measures required by the
BOARD to correct asbestos damage or fiber release episodes that are the result of the Contractor’s actions. The
BOARD also reserves the right to conduct work in progress inspections at any time. The BOARD personnel
conducting these inspections will be have the authority to immediately stop work if they find work practices that
result in damage to asbestos containing material or otherwise result in asbestos fiber release.
F. A verification of the Contractor’s review of the Asbestos Management Plan(s) will be kept in the Contract File.
The Contractor shall submit the following verification to the Owner:
1. SAMPLE FORM:
I/We, he undersigned, have reviewed and understand the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act
Management Plan(s). I/We also acknowledge that our employees will be notified of the existence
and location of asbestos containing materials as described in the Management Plan. Our employees
will take care to avoid damage to such asbestos containing materials and will immediately STOP
WORK and Notify the BOARD’s ENVIRONMENTAL OFFICE if any material is damage or if
fibers are released into the air.
XXXIII. MOSH
MARYLAND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH (MOSH) REQUIREMENTS
A. All contracts with the BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY shall be governed by the
STATE OF MARYLAND OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (MOSH) LAWS. Where any
difference(s) may exist between any particular MOSH standard(s) and the corresponding, related United States
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard(s), MOSH LAW SHALL TAKE
PRECEDENCE.
1. Offerers submitting proposals relative to any BOARD Request for Proposals shall have the obligation and
responsibility of being knowledgeable with any/all MOSH Laws applicable to any respective Request for
Proposals, before submitting any offers. Unfamiliarity shall not be recognized, nor considered, as cause for
relief from any subsequent contract.
2. Information pertaining to any particular MOSH Law(s) may be obtained from:
STATE OF MARYLAND DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND REGULATION
Division of Labor and Industry/Maryland Occupational Safety and Health
1100 North Eutaw Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
Telephone No.: 410-767-2215
B. Delivery/Installation
1. In the performance of this contract, the contractor, their sub-contractor(s), agent, representative, or designee
shall conform to all MOSH requirements in the performance of deliveries or installation of equipment and
materials ordered herein.
C. Equipment/Materials
1. The contractor shall be responsible to deliver only that equipment and materials which conforms in all respects
to MOSH requirements. Any deficiencies found by MOSH inspectors or the BOARD SAFETY OFFICER in
equipment or materials delivered herein and deficient to MOSH standards existing at the time of the contract
award, shall be promptly corrected by the contractor at no cost to the BOARD OF EDUCATION.
036-15
16
D. Maryland Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH) “Access to Information About Hazardous and Toxic
Substances” Law (Article 89)
1. All contractors providing products deemed as “hazardous” under the above referenced Law, shall provide
properly completed Material Safety Data Sheets (including any up-dated information) for the respective
products. The Material Safety Data Sheets shall be mailed to the SAFETY OFFICE, BOARD OF
EDUCATION OF PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY, FACILITIES ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, 13300
OLD MARLBORO PIKE, UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983; and the mailing shall coincide
with date of shipment of the respective product(s) to the designated location as specified in the Request for
Proposal.
2. All contractors shall also have the responsibility to ensure that each container of hazardous chemical delivered
is labeled, tagged, or marked in accordance with MOSH Article 89 Law and have the following minimal,
acceptable information:
a. Identity of the hazardous chemical.
b. Appropriate hazardous warnings.
c. Name and address of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor.
Labels, tags, or markings shall be legible, printed in English, and prominently displayed on each container, as
required by Law.
3. All contractors shall have the responsibility of furnishing sufficient additional labels, if needed, upon the
BOARD’S request, at no additional cost to the BOARD.
a.
The BOARD reserves the right to refuse acceptance of any product(s) whether delivered or installed,
which does not conform to the aforementioned MOSH Article 89 requirements, with the cost of return or
replacement being the total responsibility of the providing contractor.
XXXIV. BUY AMERICAN STEEL
A. Consistent with the provisions of the Maryland Annotated Code, Article 78A, Sections 68 through 72, inclusive,
known as the "Buy American Steel" Act of the General Assembly of Maryland, Acts of 1978.
B. Wherever in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, "steel products," as hereafter defined, are part of the supplies,
services or construction required by Owner, for the construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair, improvement or
maintenance of public works, the parties bidding shall predicate their base offer solely upon "steel products"
manufactured in the United States of America or one of its territories, continental or insular, subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States, unless such "steel products" are not produced in the United States in sufficient
quantities to meet the requirements of the Contract, in which event the Total Base Bid is to contain a certification
to this effect.
C. Each bidder shall furthermore attach to his BID FORM (using the Substitution Request Form), the proposed cost
of the supplies, services or construction required by Owner where foreign "steel products" are proposed to be used.
D. The Owner, in addition to all other reservations set forth in the Bidding Requirements, shall at the time of the
issuance of the Award and Contract pursuant thereto, determine whether the supplies, services or construction
required is to utilize "steel products" of domestic or foreign origin.
E. Note further, that in the event the Award and Contract pursuant thereto is predicated upon the utilization of
domestic "steel products," then, in addition to all other requirements mandated for performance hereafter in these
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, and all documents issued in conjunction therewith, the person, corporation,
partnership, or other business unit or association to whom the Award and Contract pursuant thereto is issued, shall
as a further condition precedent to the obtaining of final payment from Owner, furnish same with a certificate
under oath that all "steel products" supplied, delivered or constructed were of domestic origin.
F. The "Buy American Steel" Act of Maryland defines "steel products" as any product: "rolled, formed, shaped,
drawn, extruded, forged, cast, fabricated, or otherwise similarly processed, or processed by a combination
of two or more of such operations, from steel made in the United States by the open hearth, basic oxygen,
electric furnace, bessemer, or other steel making process."
036-15
17
SECTION II
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Article 3 - Scope of the Work
3.01
DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS
A.
B.
3.02
The Contractor shall within ten (10) days, and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the Project
Manager in writing of:
1.
Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing materially from those indicated in this
Contract; or
2.
Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in
this Contract. The Project Manager shall promptly investigate the conditions. If the Project Manager
finds that such conditions do materially so differ and cause an increase or decrease in the Contract
Price or the Contract Time, and if the Contractor has provided timely notice under Paragraph A, then
an equitable adjustment shall be made and the Contract modified in writing accordingly.
No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment shall be allowed if asserted after final payment under
this Contract is made.
SITE INVESTIGATION
This provision is in addition to any other provision in the Contract relating to site investigation.
The Contractor acknowledges that the Contractor has investigated and become satisfied as to the conditions affecting
the Work, including but not restricted to those bearing upon transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials,
availability of labor, water, electric power, roads and uncertainties of weather, river stages, tides or similar physical
conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment, and facilities needed
preliminary to and during prosecution of the Work. The Contractor further acknowledges that the Contractor has
become satisfied as to the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles to be
encountered insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, including all
exploratory work done by the Board, as well as from information presented by the Drawings and Specifications made a
part of the Contract. Any failure by the Contractor to become acquainted with the available information may not
relieve the Contractor from responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing this
Work. The Board shall not be responsible for any conclusions or interpretations made by the Contractor on the basis of
the information made available by the Board.
3.03
CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for having taken steps reasonably necessary to ascertain the nature and location of
the Work and the general and local conditions, which affect the Work or the cost thereof. Any failure by the
Contractor to do so will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for successfully performing the Work without
additional expense to the Board. The Contractor agrees not to place any credence in any understanding or
representation concerning conditions made by any Board employee or agents prior to the execution of this Contract
unless such understanding or representation is expressly stated in the Contract.
3.04
CHANGES IN THE WORK
A.
036-15
The Board may, at any time, without notice to the sureties, if any, by written order designated or indicated to
be a Change Order or Unilateral Change Order, make any change in the Work within the general scope of the
Contract, including but not limited to changes:
1.
In the Specifications including Drawings and designs;
2.
In the method or manner of performance of the Work;
18
3.05
3.
In the Board-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services, or site; and/or,
4.
Directing acceleration in the performance of the Work.
B.
Any other written order which term as used in this Paragraph B shall include direction, instruction,
interpretation, or determination from the Project Manager which causes any such change, shall be treated as a
Change Order under this section, provided that the Contractor gives the Project Manager written notice stating
the date, circumstances, and source of the order, and that the Contractor regards the order as a Change Order.
Except as herein provided, no order, statement, or conduct of the Project Manager shall be treated as a change
under this section or entitle the Contractor to an equitable adjustment hereunder.
C.
If a change in the Work causes an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, an equitable
adjustment shall be made and the Contract modified in writing accordingly.
D.
If the Board and the Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract
Price or the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a change in the Work, a claim may be made
there for as provided in Section 6.14.
E.
In order to facilitate review of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their
propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accomplished by a complete itemization of costs including labor,
materials and subcontracts. Where major cost items are subcontracts, they shall also be itemized.
F.
CHANGE ORDERS - When additional work is performed by the General Contractor’s forces as directed by
the Board in accordance with items A, B and D above, an established combined overhead and profit
percentage rate not to exceed ten percent (10%) may apply. Likewise, the combined overhead and profit
percentage rate for the subcontractor shall not exceed ten percent (10%) for work performed. The General
Contractor’s may be allowed a mark-up not to exceed five percent (5%), for work performed by the
subcontractor. The General Contractor must furnish the Board with itemized statements of the cost associated
with the change order work prior to any payment being made to the General Contractor.
UNAUTHORIZED WORK
A.
Contractor shall not be paid for any Work not authorized in writing by the Board.
Article 4 - Control of the Work
4.01
4.02
036-15
CONFORMITY WITH CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
A.
All work performed and all materials furnished by the Contractor shall be in conformity with the requirements
of the Contract Documents.
B.
In the event the Board finds the materials or the finished product in which the materials are used or the Work
performed are not in complete conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents and have resulted
in an inferior or unsatisfactory product, the Work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise
corrected by and at the expense of the Contractor.
C.
In the event the Board finds the materials or the finished product in which the materials are used are not in
complete conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents, but have resulted in a satisfactory
product, the Board shall then make a determination if the Work shall be accepted. In this event, the Board will
document the basis of acceptance by a Change Order which will provide for an appropriate adjustment in the
Contract Price.
ADJACENT WORK
A.
The Board shall have the right, at any time, to contract for and perform other work on, near, over, or under the
Work covered by the Contract. In addition, the Contractor shall cooperate fully with such other Contractors
and carefully fit the Contractor's own work to such other as may be directed by the Board.
B.
The Contractor agrees that in event of dispute as to cooperation or coordination with adjacent contractors, the
Board will act as referee and decisions made by the Board will be binding. The Contractor agrees to notify the
19
Board of any expected inconvenience, delay, or loss to be experienced by the Contractor because of the
presence and operations of other contractors, seven (7) days before the anticipated inconvenience, delay, or
loss.
4.03
CONTROLS BY THE CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall constantly maintain efficient supervision of the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and
coordinating ability. The Contractor shall carefully study and compare all Drawings, Specifications, shop drawings,
and other instructions and check them against conditions existing, or being constructed on the Project. The Contractor
shall at once report to the Board any error, inconsistency, or omission which the Contractor may discover.
4.04
4.05
COOPERATION WITH UTILITIES
A.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has considered in the Contractor's Procurement Request all of
the permanent and temporary utility appurtenances in their present or relocated positions and that no
additional compensation will be allowed for normal delays, inconvenience, or damage sustained by the
Contractor due to any interference from the said utility appurtenances, the operation of moving them, or the
making of new connections thereto if required by the Contract Documents.
B.
The Contractor shall have responsibility for notifying all affected utility companies prior to the necessity of
performing any Work on their utilities and shall cooperate with them in achieving the desired results. All
damage to utility facilities caused by the Contractor's operations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
C.
At points where the Contractor's operations are adjacent to properties of railway, telegraph, telephone, water,
and power companies, or are adjacent to other property, damage to which might result in expense, loss, or
inconvenience, Work shall not be commenced until all arrangements necessary for the protection thereof have
been made by the Contractor.
D.
The Contractor shall cooperate with the owners of any underground or overhead utility lines in their removal
and rearrangement operations in order that these operations may be reduced to a minimum and that services
rendered by those parties will not be unnecessarily interrupted.
E.
In the event of interruption to utility services as a result of accidental breakage, or as a result of being exposed
or unsupported, the Contractor shall promptly notify the proper authority and shall cooperate with the said
authority in the restoration of service. No Work shall be undertaken around fire hydrants until provisions for
continued service have been approved by the local fire authority.
E.
Utility outages shall be kept to a minimum and will be permitted only with the written approval of the Board.
All requests for outages shall be made a minimum of ten (10) business days in advance of their need.
Requests for outages will not be considered unless they include an identification of all areas which will be
affected by the proposed outage.
INSPECTION OF THE WORK
A.
By law, the Work, including the fabrication and source of supply, is subject to observation by the Board and to
the Board's right to inspect specific items.
B.
The Contractor shall provide facilities for access and inspection as required by the Board or any public
authority with or having jurisdiction.
C.
If in the Specifications, the Board's instructions, law, ordinance, or any public authority require any Work to be
specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the
Board timely notice of its readiness for inspection, and if inspection is by another authority, the date fixed for
such inspection. Inspections by the Board shall be made promptly and where practicable, at the source of
supply. Any Work requiring inspection that is covered without approval of the Board must, if required by the
Board, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense.
4.06
036-15
REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
20
A.
All Work and materials which do not conform to the requirements of the Contract will be considered
unacceptable.
B.
Any unacceptable or defective Work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials,
damage through carelessness or any other cause found to exist, shall be removed and replaced by Work and
materials which shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents or shall be remedied otherwise
in an acceptable manner authorized by the Board.
Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply promptly with any order of the Board made under the
provisions of this section, the Board shall have authority to cause defective, unacceptable, or unauthorized
Work to be remedied or removed and replaced and to deduct the costs thereof from any monies due or to
become due the Contractor under this Contract.
4.07
MAINTENANCE OF WORK DURING CONSTRUCTION
A.
The Contractor shall maintain the Work during construction and until Final Acceptance by the Board. This
maintenance shall be continuous and effective, prosecuted with adequate equipment and forces to the end that
all parts of the Work be kept in satisfactory condition at all times and protected from damage of any kind from
external sources.
B.
Particular attention shall be given to drainage, both permanent and temporary. The Contractor shall use all
reasonable precautionary measures to avoid damage or loss that might result from accumulations and
concentrations of drainage water, and material carried by such waters and such drainage shall be diverted or
dispensed when necessary to prevent damage to excavation, embankments, surfaces, structures, or property.
Suitable measures shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent the erosion of soil in all construction areas
where the existing ground cover has been removed. Such measures shall be in compliance with the
requirements of any governmental entity having jurisdiction.
C.
All cost of maintenance Work during construction and before Final Acceptance by the Board shall be included
in the Contract Price and the Contractor will not be paid any additional amount for such Work.
D.
In the event that the Contractor's Work is halted by the Board for failure to comply with the provisions of the
Contract, the Contractor shall maintain the entire Project as provided herein, and provide such ingress and
egress for local residents or tenants adjacent to the Project site, for tenants of the Project site, and for the
general public as may be necessary during the period of suspended Work or until the Contractor has been
declared in default.
E.
If pedestrian or vehicular traffic flow is maintained on the Project, the Contractor shall be responsible for repair and
restoration of all traffic damage to the Work area , either partially or totally completed, until Final Acceptance by the
Board.
4.08
FAILURE TO MAINTAIN ENTIRE PROJECT
If the Contractor shall at any time, fail to comply with the provisions of Section 4.07, the Board shall immediately
notify the Contractor to comply with the required maintenance provisions. In the event that the Contractor fails to
remedy unsatisfactory maintenance within twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of such notice, the Board will
immediately proceed with adequate forces and equipment to maintain the Project, and the entire cost of this
maintenance may be deducted from monies due the Contractor, without in anyway limiting the right of the Board to
enforce any and all other remedies to which it is entitled by law or under the Contract.
4.09
BOARD'S RIGHT TO DO WORK
If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or fail to perform any provision of this Contract, the
Board after three (3) days Written Notice to the Contractor may make good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost
thereof from the monies then or thereafter due the Contractor, without in anyway limiting the right of the Board to
enforce any and all other remedies to which it is entitled by law or under the Contract.
Article 5 – Materials
036-15
21
5.01
GENERAL
A.
All materials shall meet all quality requirements of the Contract. In order to expedite the inspection and
testing of materials, the Contractor shall notify the Board in writing of the sources from which the Contractor
proposes to obtain all materials requiring approval, testing, inspection, or certification prior to incorporation
into the Work as soon as possible after receipt of notification of award of the Contract.
B.
Materials include all manufactured products and processed and unprocessed natural substances required for
completion of the Contract. The Contractor, in accepting the Contract, is assumed to be thoroughly familiar
with the materials required and their limitations as to use, and requirements for connection, setting,
maintenance, and operation. Whenever an article, material, or equipment is specified and a fastening, furring,
connection, including utility connections, access hole, flashing closure piece, bed, or accessory is normally
considered essential to its installation in good quality construction, such shall be included as if fully specified.
Nothing in these Specifications shall be interpreted as authorizing any Work in any manner contrary to
applicable laws, codes, or regulations.
C.
All materials are subject to the Board's approval as to conformity with the Specifications, quality, design,
color, etc. No Work for which approval is necessary shall be used until written approval is given by the
Board. Approval of a subcontractor as such does not constitute approval of a material which is other than that
included in the Specifications.
D.
Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new. Used materials must not be used as substitutes for new,
regardless of condition or repair, unless approved in writing by the Board.
E.
Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be of the best quality of the respective kinds.
F.
The Contractor shall furnish for approval all samples as directed. The materials used shall be the same as the
approved samples.
F.
The Contractor shall, if requested, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials either
before or after installation. He shall pay for any test or inspections called for in the Specifications and such
tests as may be deemed necessary for "substitutions," as set forth in Section 5.03 of these General Conditions.
H.
When no Specifications are cited and the quality, processing, composition, or method of installation of a thing
is only generally referred to, then:
1.
For items not otherwise specified below, the latest edition of the applicable American Society for
Testing Materials Specifications are the applicable Specifications.
2.
For items generally considered as plumbing and those items requiring plumbing connections, the
applicable portions of the latest edition of the WSSC Code are the applicable Specifications.
3.
For items generally considered as heating, refrigerating, air conditioning, or ventilating, the applicable
portions of the latest edition of the A.S.H.R.A.E. Handbook published by the American Society of
Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc., are the applicable Specifications.
4.
For items generally considered as site Work, the applicable portions of the Maryland S.H.A. Standard
Specifications are the applicable Specifications.
5.
For items generally considered as electrical, the applicable provisions of the latest edition of the
National Electric Code are the applicable Specifications.
6.
For items generally considered as fire protection, the applicable provisions of the latest edition of the
National Fire Protection Association Code are the applicable Specifications.
I.
The Contractor shall provide the Board with Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) as required by law.
The Contractor shall provide the Board with MSDS for all products and materials which:
1.
036-15
Contain hazardous chemical; and,
22
2.
To which OSHA Regulations (29 CFR, 1910.1200) apply.
The Contractor must submit a binder of all applicable MSDS to the Board within forty-five (45) days of issuance of the
Notice to Proceed. The Board will review this binder and return it to the Contractor accordingly. The Contractor shall
maintain in its possession on the Project site, at all times, a copy of each MSDA required to be submitted in connection
with the chemical, compounds, or materials used in the Project. In the event the Board has questions arising from any
MSDS, in each instance, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board shall have the right to contact the
Contractor and the vendor of the chemical, compound or material in question.
5.02
5.03
STORAGE AND HANDLING OF MATERIALS
A.
Materials shall be stored in a manner as to assure the preservation of their safety, quality and acceptability for
the Work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their use in
the Work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. Approved portions of
the Project site may be used for storage purposes and for the placing of the Contractor's plant and equipment.
With the Board’s permission, materials may also be stored in offsite locations. All storage areas must be
restored to their original condition by the Contractor at his expense at the completion of the Work.
B.
Materials shall be handled in such a manner as to preserve their quality and acceptability for the Work.
C.
Contractor shall confine the Contractor's apparatus and the storage of materials to the area delineated in the
Contract Documents.
D.
Explosives - Explosives shall not be stored upon any property belonging to the Board.
E.
Paints
1.
Oil base paints and inflammable liquids shall not be stored in large quantities on the Project.
Containers shall be limited to five (5) gallon size. Any liquid with a flash point of less than one
hundred (100) shall be contained in safety cans, UL approved. Liquid with a higher flash point shall
be stored in rigid cans. Glass containers shall not be used.
2.
Oily rags, waste, etc., must be removed from the Work site at the close of each working day.
SUBSTITUTION
Should the Contractor desire to substitute another material for one or more specified by name, the Contractor shall
apply to the Board, in writing, for such permission and state the credit or extra cost involved by the use of such
material.
The Board will not consider the substitution of any material different in type or construction methods unless such
substitution provides a benefit to the Board.
5.04
APPROVED EQUALS
The terms "or equal", "equal", "approved equal" are used as synonyms throughout the Specifications. They are implied
in reference to all named manufacturers in the Specifications unless otherwise stated. Only materials fully functionally
equal or superior in all details and characteristics will be considered to be included. The Board is the final judge as to
equality.
5.05
CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS
When several products or manufacturers are named in the Specifications for the same purpose of use, then the
Contractor may select any of those so named. However, all of the units required for, and used in, the Project must be
the same in material and manufacture.
5.06
TESTS
A.
036-15
If the Contract Documents, or any applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested, or approved, the
23
Contractor shall give the Board timely notice of its readiness so the Board may observe such inspection,
testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests, or approvals conducted by
public authorities.
5.07
B.
for such special inspection testing or approval provided in Paragraph A above. If such special inspection,
testing or approval reveals a failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents,
the Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including compensation for the Board's additional services made
necessary by such failure. Otherwise, the Board shall bear such costs and an equitable adjustment will be
made.
C.
Required certificate of inspection, testing, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly
delivered by the Contractor to the Board.
MARYLAND BUY AMERICAN STEEL ACT
When the Project is State-assisted, the Contractor shall comply with the Maryland Buy American Steel Act, Section
17-301 et seq. of the State Finance Article of the Maryland Annotated Code.
5.08
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A.
The use or handling of regulated materials, including asbestos or PCB, shall be strictly governed by Federal,
State and local law and regulations.
A.
No contractor-furnished material or product containing any asbestos in any form may be used on this Project.
C.
Contractor must remove any and all materials covered under the hazardous waste regulations upon completion
of the Project, in accordance with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations.
Article 6 - Prosecution and Progress of Work
6.01
PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY
The Contractor at all times shall conduct the Work in such a manner as to create the least practicable obstruction to all
forms of traffic. The convenience of the general public, tenants, and of the residents along and/or adjacent to the
improvement shall be respected. Material stored upon the Project shall be placed so as to cause a minimum of
obstruction to the public. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, provide and maintain in passable condition
such temporary access, roads and bridges as may be necessary to accommodate traffic diverted from the Project under
construction or using the Project under construction and shall provide and maintain in a safe condition temporary
approaches to, and crossing of, the Project. Existing facilities planned to be removed, but which might be of service to
the public during construction, are not to be disturbed until other and adequate provisions are made. Fire hydrants on
or adjacent to the Project shall be kept accessible to fire apparatus at all times, and no materials or obstruction shall be
placed within fifteen (15) feet of any such hydrant. Work closed down for the winter or at any other time shall be left
entirely accessible at all points to fire apparatus. All footways, gutters, sewer inlets, and portions of the Project
including the Work under construction shall not be obstructed more than is absolutely necessary.
6.02
036-15
BARRICADES AND WARNING SIGNS
A.
The Contractor shall provide, erect, and maintain all necessary barricades, suitable and sufficient lights,
danger signals, signs, and other control devices, and shall take all necessary precautions for the protection of
the Work and safety of the public. All highways and other facilities closed to traffic shall be protected by
effective barricades, and obstructions shall be illuminated during hours of darkness with electric lights.
B.
The Contractor shall erect warning signs in advance of any place on the Project where operations may
interfere with the use of the facility by vehicular or pedestrian traffic, and at all other points where the new
Work crosses or coincides with an existing roadway or traffic lane(s). Such warning signs shall be constructed
and erected in accordance with the Federal Highway Administration Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices or as directed by the Board.
24
C.
6.03
6.04
In cases where the Contractor's sequence of operations results in grade differentials which would be hazardous
to vehicular or pedestrian traffic, the Contractor will, at the direction of the Board and at no additional cost to
the Board, provide suitable substantial guardrail to the extent determined by that office.
PRESERVATION, PROTECTION, AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY
A.
The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all his Work from damage and shall protect
Board property from injury or loss arising in connection with this Contract. The Contractor shall repair and
indemnify against any such damage, injury, or loss, except such as may be directly due to errors in the
Contract Documents or caused by agents or employees of the Board. The Contractor shall adequately protect
adjacent property as provided by law and the Contract Documents.
B.
The Contractor shall box all trees along the way of access, also all trees surrounding the Work which are
susceptible to injury by the moving, storing, and Working up of materials. The Contractor shall use no tree for
attachment of any ropes or derricks.
C.
The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the
Work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workmen and the hazards created by such features of
construction as protruding nails, hod hoists, well holes, elevator hatchways, scaffolding, window openings,
stairways, and falling materials.
PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND TIME
A.
Schedule
The Contractor shall prepare a schedule setting forth the dates for completing various portions of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Included among the tasks set forth on the schedule shall be the dates for
submittal to the Board and dates for the return of the approved submittal. The Board's approval of the Contractor's
schedule does not constitute an approval of the entire schedule. It merely constitutes an approval of that portion of the
schedule that relates to the Board's review of submittal. If the Contractor fails to prepare and submit to the Board a
schedule before the existence of a delay, then no claim for extra costs due to delay in the Work shall be recognized or
asserted.
B.
Materials Purchased Under Allowances
The Contractor, with approval of the Board, will provide schedules for all materials to be purchased from
specified allowances. Any unexpended funds shall revert back to the Board.
6.05
PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
The Contractor shall submit photographs monthly to the Board, taken on or about the first of each month showing the
status of the Work. Only one print of each negative is necessary but the prints should be sufficient in number to
properly record the Work. The Contractor shall photograph all disputed items of the Work.
6.06
SUSPENSION OF THE WORK
A.
The Board may order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the Work for a
period of time as the Board may determine to be appropriate for the convenience of the Board.
B.
If the performance of all or any part of the Work is Suspended, delayed, or interrupted for an unreasonable
period of time by an act of the Board in the administration of the Contract, or by the Board's failure to act
within the time specified in this Contract, or if no time is specified, within a reasonable time, an adjustment
shall be made for any increase in the cost of performance of this Contract, excluding profit, necessarily caused
by an unreasonable suspension, delay, or interruption, and the Contract modified in writing accordingly.
However, no adjustment shall be made under this clause for any suspension, delay, or interruption to the
extent:
1. That performance would have been so suspended, delayed, or interrupted by any other cause, including the
fault or negligence of the Contractor; or,
036-15
25
2. For which an equitable adjustment is provided for or excluded under any other provision of this Contract.
6.07
6.08
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL INSPECTION
A.
When the Contractor proposes that the Work has reached Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall notify
the Board that the Work will be ready for the final inspection and test on a definite date. Sufficient notice
shall be given to permit the Board to schedule the final inspection.
B.
On the basis of the inspection, if the Board determines that the Work has reached Substantial Completion and
the Project can be occupied or used for its intended purpose, the Board shall establish the date of Substantial
Completion and shall state the responsibilities of the Board and the Contractor for maintenance, heat, utilities,
and insurance, and shall fix the time for which the guarantee will begin.
C.
After conducting its inspection under paragraph B above, the Board shall fix the time within which the
Contractor shall complete any remaining items of Work which may be indicated on a list prepared by the
Board. If the Contractor fails to complete the remaining items so listed in the time stipulated, the Board shall
have the undisputed right to complete the Work and deduct any cost incurred from any monies retained under
the Contract.
D.
Final payment shall not be made until Final Completion of the Work.
CLEANING-UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the construction area, including storage areas used by the Contractor, free from
accumulation of waste materials or rubbish and prior to completion of Work, shall remove from the premises any
rubbish and all tools, scaffolding, equipment, and materials, not the property of the Board. Upon completion of the
construction, the Contractor shall leave the Work and premises in a clean, neat, and workmanlike condition satisfactory
to the Board.
6.09
GUARANTEES
The Contractor guarantees and warranties for a two (2) year period, unless another period is specified, commencing on
the date of Substantial Completion as established by the Board:
036-15
A.
That the Work contains no faulty or imperfect material or equipment or any imperfect, careless, or unskilled
workmanship.
B.
That all mechanical and electrical equipment, machines, devices, etc., shall be adequate for the use to which
they are intended, and shall operate, with ordinary care and attention, in a satisfactory and efficient manner.
C.
That the Contractor will re-execute, correct, repair, or remove and replace with proper Work, without cost to
the Board, any Work found not to be as guaranteed by this section. The Contractor shall also make good all
damages caused to other Work or materials in the process of complying with this section.
D.
That the entire Work shall be watertight and leak proof in every particular.
E.
The guaranty and warranty set forth herein is in addition to any implicit or explicit guaranty and warranty
provided by law, if any.
26
SECTION III
SPECIFICATIONS
The Drawings and Specifications for this IFB include:
CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS (See Additional Notes):
Cover Sheet
Sheet A-1: Partial Roofing Replacement Plan
Sheet A-2: Roof Dimension Plan
Sheet A-3: Wall Flashing and Overflow Scupper Details
Sheet A-4: Hatch & Ladder Details
Sheet A-5: Built-Up Roof Perimeter Details
Sheet A-6: Built-Up Roof Perimeter Details
Sheet A-7: Standing Seam Roof Perimeter Details
Sheet A-8: Translucent Wall Panels at Gymnasium Clearstores
Sheet A-9: Pre-Engineered Main Entrance Canopy – Guideline Design Details – Alternate 1
Sheet A-10: Tapered Insulation Plan
Sheet M-1: Rooftop Equipment/Walkpad Locations
Sheet M-2: Mechanical Equipment Details
SPECIFICATIONS (See Additional Notes):
DIVISION 0 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
00800 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 SUMMARY OF WORK – DIVISION OF WORK
01027 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01030 ALTERNATES
01060 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ASBESTOS RELATED ACTIVITIES
01400 QUALITY CONTROL
01770 ROOFING REPLACEMENT CLOSE OUT PROCEDURES
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
03301 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03400 PRE-CAST CONCRETE SPLASH BLOCKS
DIVISION 5 METALS
5400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING
DIVISION 6 CARPENTRY_
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
07411A ALUMINUM STANDING-SEAM ROOFING
07411B ALUMINUM STANDING-SEAM SIDING SYSTEM
07511 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING, TRIM, AND ROOF DRAINAGE ACCESSORIES
07710 MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALITIES
DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS
08620 CURB MOUNTED PLASTIC GLAZED SKYLIGHTS
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
15010 GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS
15770 ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CURB/SUPPORT REPLACEMENT
15838 POWER ROOFTOP VENTILATORS
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
16110 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS
16120 EXISTING CONDITIONS
16310 GROUNDING
036-15
27
16420 DISCONNECTS
Successful Bidder will also be expected to adhere to the included Chapter VII of the Maryland Department of General Services Procedures
Manual (STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, RE-ROOFING)
ADDITIONAL NOTES
The below items should be incorporated into the scope of work for this construction project:
1. This project site must have the appropriate State sign on-site per the Specifications. Please note the sign must reflect the
current administration of Maryland. It can be purchased as noted in the Specifications from:
MCE Sign Plan #11
C/O Patuxent Institution
Attn: Charles Behnke, Plant Manager
755 Waterloo Road
Jessup, MD 20794
Phone: 410-799-5102
[email protected]
2. Note fixed ladder has a minimum turn depth of 24 inches and a minimum height from roof top of parapet of 42 inches.
3. The Bidder must procure a Registered Structural Engineer and prior to the start of any construction obtain official approval
and verification that the existing roof deck structure is capable of handling the weight of the new roofing system, including
any rooftop equipment and fixtures and increased snow loads due to improved R-values.
4. The Bidder must include manufacturer verification in writing that the new roofing system is suitable for attachment to
existing roof deck.
5. The Bidder should note per Specification 10538 Canopies, a Registered Structural Engineer will have to stamp and approve
manufacturer’s shop drawings for this pre-engineered metal canopy (or otherwise provide official approval of structural
integrity, slope of canopy and frost footers).
6. Warranty
A. Built-Up Roof Warranty and Repairs



A manufacturer's twenty (20) year, no dollar limit (NDL) total system warranty is required on this project.
The warranty is comprehensive and is to include all major material components of the roofing system. This
includes insulation, membranes, base flashings, asphalt, metal details, fasteners and other construction material
required and supplied by the manufacturer of the entire roof system.
Material not typically supplied by the manufacturer or material specifically required, such as shop-fabricated
metalwork details, are typically excluded to the extent of the manufacturer's limitations; but, in no way, shall they
void the above-referenced warranty.
B. Submittals


Submit sample copy of twenty-year manufacturer's NDL total system warranty.
Submit a letter of certification that your company is an authorized installer for NDL warranty purposes. In this
letter, have the manufacturer stipulate that your company has done at least six (6) NDL projects in the previous 12
months.
C. Emergency Response

036-15
The contractor shall provide the Board with an "after-hours" emergency telephone number to facilitate emergency
responses. Contractor response times to emergency situations or calls shall be within two (2) hours.
28
SECTION III
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
General Requirements:

Contract is for a base bid

Provide a general net allowance of $100,000 in the base bid. This amount will be utilized for unforeseen
conditions to cover extra labor and material costs, if any, and shall be tracked separately from other contract
costs. All mark up for this allowance shall be included in the base bid. No additional or credited mark up will be
allowed for extra work paid for by this allowance.

This Project IS subject to State Prevailing Wage Scale.

Notice of Award and Notice to Proceed will be issued to the successful awardee.

Work shall commence in the late Spring of 2015.

The project final completion date is September 2015 with the caveat that the school must be safely occupied by
August 17, 2015, and no construction work should be ongoing at that time which poses a potential problem to
the student, teachers and/or staff.

Invoices and Payments
PGCPS reserves the right to reduce or withhold contract payment in the event the Contractor does not provide the
Department with all required deliverables within the time frame specified in the contract or in the event that the
Contractor otherwise materially breaches the terms and conditions of the Contract until such time as the
Contractor brings itself into full compliance with the Contract. Any action on the part of the Department, or
dispute of action by the Contractor, shall be in accordance with the provisions of MD Code Ann., State Finance
and Procurement Article §§15-215 through 15-223 and with COMAR 21.10.02.

Reimbursable Expenses
Reimbursable expenses are to be included in the lump sum fee proposal. There will be no opportunity for
adjustments once the final lump sum fee has been agreed upon, except for items specifically requested by the
BOARD, which lie beyond the original Scope of Work.
036-15
29
SECTION IV
BID FORM
C. Elizabeth Reig Special Center Roof Replacement
PSC No. 16.041.14 SR
BIDDER:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
DATE:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
A.
The total BASE BID, including the cost of all work and the cost of Builder’s All Risk Insurance, which shall be provided
separately as informational prices. Please Note: Base bid must include taxes. Vendors are not allowed to submit invoice
separately for taxes paid for supplies.
Base Bid: (in words)
Total $________
Cost of Builder’s all Risk Insurance (included in base bid, above):___________________
Total $ _____________
Allowance (included in base bid, above):_______________________________________
Total $
LOCATION:
B.
__________
100,000.00
C. Elizabeth Reig Special Center
15542 Peach Walker Drive
Mitchellville, MD
ALTERNATES:
Item Description
Unit Cost
Alternate 1: Replace all existing rooftop PRV’s - (County Funding Only).
$__________
Alternate 2: Replace existing Gymnasium Clearstory translucent wall panels
at two Gymnasium Clearstories.
$__________
Alternate 3: Replace existing metal Main Entrance Canopy with a new preengineered metal Main Entrance Canopy.
$__________
Alternate 4: Provide and install up to 2,000 SF of 3” replacement Tectum
Roof Deck (as needed).
$__________
Alternate 5: Provide and install up to 1,400 LBS of Pyrofil for deck replacement
(as needed).
C.
UNIT COSTS OF ADDITIONAL ITEMS:
Item Description
036-15
Unit Cost
Add per board foot of wood nailers
$__________
Add per sq. ft. of additional 3” tectum decking
$__________
30
C
Add per lb. of Gold Bond Pyrofil
D.
$__________
COMPLETION DATE
I/We agree to erect and achieve final project completion, no later than September 2015 with the school made safe to occupy
by August 17, 2015.
E.
AFFIDAVIT
______________________________________________ being first duly sworn deposes and says that he is an officer in the
building construction organization known as ______________________________________________, and the party making a
certain proposal or bid dated ________________________, to the Board of Education of Prince George’s County for C.
Elizabeth Rieg Special Center Systemic Roof Replacement Project and that this bid is genuine and not collusive or sham;
that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly, or indirectly, with any bidder or person to put in a
sham bid or to refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person to fix the bid prices of the affidavit or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead,
profit, or cost element of said bid price, or that of any bidder, or to secure any advantage against the Board of Education of
Prince George’s County or any other person interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements in said proposal or bid
are true.
Signature of:
x___________________________________
(Bidder if the bidder is an individual)
x___________________________________
(Bidder if the bidder is a partnership)
x___________________________________
(Bidder if the bidder is a corporation)
Subscribed and sworn before me this ___day of _______.
x___________________________________
Notary Public
My commission expires: _________________________.
036-15
31
AFFIDAVIT
This document must be completed, signed by an authorized company official & submitted with your bid response. The signature must
be an original (signed in ink) or your bid will be ruled non-responsive.
Contractor
Bid No.
Address
City, State and Zip
Telephone
Fax
Email
FOR MINORITY USE ONLY
LOCALLY BASED MINORITY BUSINESS: PGC MBE____ PGC MWE _____ MD MBE_____ MD MWE_____
INDICATE IF YOU ARE A MINORITY BUSINESS CERTIFIED BY: P.G. COUNTY GOVN’T: Certification No.: __________
MD. STATE DEPT. OF TRANSPORATION: Certification No.: ______________________
AFFIDAVIT I
The Contractor, his agent, servants and/or employees, have not in any way colluded with anyone for and on behalf of the contractor or
themselves, to obtain information that would give the Contractor an unfair advantage over others, not have thy colluded with anyone for
and on behalf to the contractor, or themselves, to gain any favoritism in the award of the contract herein.
AFFIDAVIT II
No officer or employee of the Board of Education Prince George's County Public Schools, whether elected or appointed, has in any
manner whatsoever, any interest in or has received prior hereto or will received subsequent hereto any benefit, monetary or material, or
consideration from the profits or emoluments of this contract, job, work or service for the Board, and that no officer or employee has
accepted or received or will receive in the future a service or thing of value, directly or indirectly, upon more favorable terms than those
granted to the public generally, nor has any such officer or employee of the Board received or will receive, directly or indirectly, any
part of any fee, commission or other compensation paid or payable to the Board in connection with this contract, job, work, or service
for the Board, excepting, however, the receipt of dividends on corporation stock.
AFFIDAVIT III
Neither I, nor the Contractor, nor any officer, director, or partners, or any of its employees who are directly involved in o btaining
contracts with the Board have been convicted of bribery, attempted bribery, or conspiracy to bribe under the laws of any state, or of
the federal government for acts of omissions committed.
AFFIDAVIT IV
Neither I, nor the Contractor, nor any of our agents, partners, or employees who are directly involved in obtaining contracts with the
Board have been convicted within the past 12 months of discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment, nor have
we engaged in unlawful employment practices as set forth in Section 16 of Article 49B of the Annotated Code of Maryland or, of
Sections 703 and 704 of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
AFFIDAVIT V
I further affirm that neither I nor the above firm shall knowingly enter into a contract with the Board under which a person or business
debarred or suspended from contracting with a public body under Title 16 of the State Finance and Procurement Article of the
Annotated Code of Maryland, will provide, directly or indirectly, supplies, services, architectural services, construction related
services, leases of real property, or construction. I acknowledge that this Affidavit is to be furnished to the Board. I acknowledge that
I am executing this Affidavit in compliance with the provisions of Title 16 of the State Finance and Procurement Article of the
Annotated Code of Maryland which provides that persons who have engaged in certain prohibited activity may be disqualified, either
by operation in law or after a hearing, from entering into contracts with the Board. I further acknowledge that if the representations
set forth in this Affidavit are not true and correct, the Board may terminate any contract awarded, and take any other appropriate
action.
I do solemnly declare and affirm under the penalties of perjury that the contents of the foregoing affidavit are true and correct to the
best of my knowledge, information and belief.
Signature
Date
Printed Name
Title- Authorized Official
If a corporation, it was organized under the laws of the state of, in the year _______ a partnership, list names of partners
.
036-15
32
ATTACHMENT A
The undersigned states that the following is a complete list of the proposed Subcontractors and Material Suppliers on this project and the class of work to be performed by
each, and that such list will not be added to nor altered without written consent of the Purchasing Department. Please add more lines if necessary.
(Check appropriate Business Type)
Subcontractor Name
Class of Work or Material
Percentage or Price
of Work/Material
to complete work
1. _____________________________
_____________________
________________
2. _____________________________
_____________________
________________
3. _____________________________
_____________________
________________
4. ____________________________
_____________________
________________
5. ____________________________
______________________
________________
Materials Supplier Name
Percentage or Price
of Work/Material
to complete work
Supply/ Material
1. _____________________________
_____________________
________________
2. _____________________________
_____________________
________________
3. _____________________________
_____________________
________________
4. ____________________________
_____________________
________________
5. ____________________________
______________________
________________
Company Name: _____________________________
By: _____________________________
Date: ______________________________________
Title: ____________________________
IFB NO.: 057-13
Local
MWB
Local
Other
MD
MD
MWB Other
Local
MWB
Local
Other
MD
MD
MWB Other
Completion and submission of this form with the bid is
mandatory for bid to be considered responsive.
PAGE NO.: 33
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
I.
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
PURPOSE: To fulfill the intent of the law by setting goals for minority business
enterprise participation in every contract that includes State funding through the Public
School Construction Program. Local Educational Agencies (LEAs) shall attempt to
achieve the result that a minimum State goal of 29 percent and the Board of Education of
Prince George’s County (the Board) goal of an additional 1 percent for a total of 30
percent of the total dollar value of all construction contracts is made directly or indirectly
with certified minority business enterprises when State Public School Construction
Program (PSCP) funds are utilized, with a minimum of 7 percent from certified African
American-owned businesses, a minimum of 4 percent from certified Asian Americanowned businesses, and the balance from any certified minority business enterprises. All
general contractors, including certified MBE firms, when bidding as general or prime
contractors are required to attempt to achieve the MBE subcontracting goals from certified
MBE firms.
This Minority Business Enterprise Procedure is applicable to all public school
construction projects approved for partial State funding through the State Public School
Construction Program.
II.
BACKGROUND: In 1978, the Maryland General Assembly passed legislation, which
was signed into law to establish the State’s Minority Business Enterprise Program. This
new law set as a goal that at least 10 percent of each unit of State government’s total dollar
value of procurement contracts for purchases and/or contracts shall be awarded to minority
business enterprises. This law was subsequently modified and the goal was increased to
14 percent. More recently, in 2013, the goal was increased to 29 percent with
subcontracting sub-goals of 7 percent for certified African American-owned businesses
and 4 percent for certified Asian American-owned businesses.
In 1979, the Rules, Regulations, and Procedures for the Administration of the School
Construction Program were revised by the Board of Public Works to require each local
board of education to adopt procedures to attempt to include minority business enterprises
in State funded school construction projects. The State law was revised and now states:
“The Interagency Committee on School Construction (IAC) shall require each local board
of education to adopt procedures consistent with this chapter before obtaining funds for
public school construction projects”.
In May 2007, the Rules, Regulations, and Procedures were replaced by regulations. The
regulations concerning project procurement (COMAR 23.03.03) indicate that the State’s
minority business enterprise goals and procedures apply to all State funded projects,
irrespective of procurement method.
III.
OVERVIEW: This Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) procedure document was
originally developed in response to a requirement set forth in the Rules, Regulations, and
Procedures for the Administration of the School Construction Program. The MBE
requirement was originally established under HB 64, which was passed in the 1978
session of the Maryland General Assembly and signed into law as Chapter 575 of the Acts
of 1978.
1
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
Since the Board adopted its original Minority Business Enterprise Procedures, there have
been changes in State statutes, regulations adopted by the Board of Public Works,
procedural requirements, project eligibility requirements and the level of State
participation in school construction projects. This revised procedure is consistent with
current legislation and the changes to the Code of Maryland Regulations (COMAR)
requirements, effective November 7, 2005 and May 21, 2007.
IV.
DEFINITIONS:
1.
Certification means the determination that a legal entity is a minority business
enterprise consistent with the intent of Subtitle 3 of the State Finance and
Procurement Article.
2.
Certified Minority Business Enterprise means a minority business that holds a
certification issued by the Maryland State Department of Transportation (MDOT).
3.
Corporation, as defined by MDOT, is an artificial person or legal entity created
by or under the authority of the laws of any state of the United States, the District
of Columbia or a territory or commonwealth of the United States and formed for
the purpose of transacting business in the widest sense of that term, including not
only trade and commerce, but also manufacturing, mining, banking, insurance,
transportation and other forms of commercial or industry activity where the
purpose of the organization is profit. For eligibility for certification,
disadvantaged and/or minority individuals must own at least 51 percent of the
voting stock and at least 51 percent of the aggregate of all classes of stock that
have been issued by the corporation. (Note: stock held in trust is not considered
as stock held by the disadvantaged businesspersons when computing the business
person(s) ownership.)
4.
Managerial Control, as defined by MDOT, means that a disadvantaged or
minority owner(s) has the demonstrable ability to make independent and unilateral
business decisions needed to guide the future and destiny of a business.
Control may be demonstrated in many ways. For a minority owner to demonstrate
control, the following examples are put forth, but are not intended to be all
inclusive:
a.
b.
Articles of Incorporation, Corporate Bylaws, Partnership Agreements and
other agreements shall be free of restrictive language which would dilute
the minority owner’s control thereby preventing the minority owner from
making those decisions which affect the destiny of a business;
The minority owner shall be able to show clearly through production of
documents the areas of the disadvantaged business owner’s control, such
as, but not limited to:
1) Authority to sign payroll checks and letters of credit;
2) Authority to negotiate and sign for insurance and/or bonds;
2
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
3) Authority to negotiate for banking services, such as establishing lines
of credit; and
4) Authority to negotiate and sign for contracts.
c.
5.
Agreements for support services that do not lessen the minority owner’s
control of the company are permitted as long as the disadvantaged or
minority business owner’s authority to manage the company is not
restricted or impaired.
Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) means any legal entity, except a joint
venture, that is (a) organized to engage in commercial transactions, and (b) at least
51 percent owned and controlled by one or more individuals who are socially and
economically disadvantaged including:
African Americans;
American Indian/Native Americans;
Asians;
Hispanics;
Physically or mentally disabled individuals;
Women; or
A non-profit entity organized to promote the interests of physically or
mentally disabled individuals.
6.
Minority Business Enterprise Liaison means the employee of the school system
designated to administer the Minority Business Enterprise Procedures for State
funded public school construction projects.
7.
Operational Control, as defined by MDOT, means that the disadvantaged or
minority owner(s) must possess knowledge necessary to evaluate technical aspects
of the business entity. The primary consideration in determining operational
control and the extent to which the disadvantaged or minority owner(s) actually
operates a business will rest upon the specialties of the industry of which the
business is a part. The minority owner should have a working knowledge of the
technical requirements needed to operate in his/her industry. Specifically, in the
construction industry and especially among small (one to five person firms)
contractors, it is reasonable to expect the disadvantaged or minority owner(s) to be
knowledgeable of all aspects of the business. Accordingly, in order to clarify the
level of operational involvement which a minority owner must have in a business
for it to be considered eligible, the following examples are put forth, but are not
intended to be all inclusive:
a.
b.
The minority owner should have experience in the industry for which
certification is being sought; and
The minority owner should demonstrate that basic decisions pertaining to
the daily operations of the business are independently made. This does
not necessarily preclude the disadvantaged or minority owner(s) from
seeking paid or unpaid advice and assistance. It does mean that the
3
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
minority owner currently must possess the knowledge to weigh all advice
given and to make an independent determination.
8.
Ownership, as defined by MDOT, means that:
a.
b.
The minority owner(s) of the firm shall not be subject to any formal or
informal restrictions, which limit the customary discretion of the
owner(s). There shall be no restrictions through, for example, charter
requirements, by-law provisions, partnership agreements, franchise or
distributor agreements or any other agreements that prevent the minority
owner(s), without the cooperation or vote of any non-minority, from
making a business decision of the firm.
This means that the disadvantaged or minority persons, in order to acquire
their ownership interests in the firm, have made real and substantial
contributions of capital, expertise or other tangible personal assets derived
from independently owned holdings without benefit of a transfer of assets,
gift or inheritance from non-minority persons. Examples of insufficient
contributions include a promise to contribute capital, a note payable to the
firm or its owners who are not minority persons or the mere participation
as an employee rather than as a manager. If the ownership interest held
by a disadvantaged or minority person is subject to formal or informal
restrictions, such as options, security interests, agreements, etc., held by a
non-minority person or business entity, the options, security interests,
agreements, etc., held by the non-minority person or business entity must
not significantly impair the disadvantaged or minority person’s ownership
interest.
9.
Partnership means an unincorporated association of two or more persons to carry
on as co-owners of a business for profit. For a partnership to be deemed eligible
for certification under the MDOT Program, the disadvantaged or minority
person’s interest must be at least 51 percent of the partnership capital.
10.
Socially and Economically Disadvantaged means a citizen or lawfully admitted
permanent resident of the United States who is socially disadvantaged and
economically disadvantaged. The law establishes the level of personal net worth at
$1,500,000, above which an individual may not be found to be socially and
economically disadvantaged.
11.
Sole Proprietorship, as defined by MDOT, is a for-profit business owned and
operated by a disadvantaged or minority person in his or her individual capacity.
For a sole proprietorship to be deemed eligible for certification under the
DBE/MBE Program, the disadvantaged or minority person must be the sole
proprietor.
4
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
V.
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
MBE GOAL SETTING PROCEDURES:
1.
The MBE program requires that all race-neutral measures be considered before
making use of race-based measures. Using a combination of race-neutral and racebased measures for each specific school construction project will help ensure that
certified MBE firms are afforded the opportunity to submit bids and be utilized to
the greatest extent possible.
2.
Race-neutral measures include any action taken by the LEA to make it easier for
all contractors, including MBEs, to compete successfully for public school
construction project contracts.
3.
Race-based measures include setting an overall MBE goal and MBE sub goals, if
applicable, based upon race, gender, ethnicity, etc., for a specific project.
4.
The overall MBE goal and the sub goals, if applicable, should be set for each
specific project, considering but not limited to, the following factors:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
The extent to which the work to be performed can reasonably be
segmented to allow for MBEs to participate in the project;
A determination of the number of certified MBEs that potentially could
perform the identified work;
The geographic location of the project in relationship to the identified
certified MBEs;
Information obtained from other State departments/agencies related to
establishing a MBE goal and/or sub goals for similar construction projects
or work in the jurisdiction;
Information obtained from other State departments/agencies related to
MBE participation in similar construction projects or work in the
jurisdiction; and
Any other activities or information that may be identified as useful and
productive.
5.
The LEA staff, including the MBE liaison, procurement personnel, and project
staff, as well as the project architect and cost estimator should consider the factors
cited in 4 above when establishing the MBE goal and sub goals, if applicable, for
each project or segmented piece of a project that are reasonable and attainable.
6.
It is recognized that by utilizing the factors cited in 4 above, the MBE goal and/or
sub goals, if applicable, for a specific project or portion thereof may be
significantly higher than the overall goals of the program (29%) overall, with 7%
from African American-owned businesses and 4% from Asian American-owned
businesses). It is also recognized and possible that there will be MBE goals set
that are lower than those stated above or even that no MBE goal and/or sub goals
will be set for a specific project or the segmented piece of the project.
5
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
VI.
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
7.
Assistance in reviewing the factors cited in 4 above and setting a goal and/or sub
goals, if applicable, for specific projects or a segmented piece of a project can be
obtained by contacting the Public School Construction Program and/or the
Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs.
8.
The basis and rationale for establishing the MBE goal and sub goals, if applicable,
should be summarized and recorded and submitted in written form to the PSCP for
review at the same time that the Construction Documents are submitted to the
State for review.
9.
For those projects that do not require a Construction Document submission and
are over $50,000, the basis and rationale for establishing the MBE goal and sub
goals, if applicable, should be summarized and recorded and submitted in written
form to the PSCP for review at the same time that the project is released for bids
or proposals are solicited.
10.
MBE prime contractors may count their participation on contracts with MBE
goals for up to 50% of the established MBE contract goal and 100% of any one
contract sub goal. MBE primes are required to adhere to good faith effort
requirements for the portion of the contract goal they are not self-performing and
are subject to all other MBE contract compliance requirements such as
subcontractor prompt payment and monthly reports.
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES - $50,000 OR LESS:
For construction projects estimated to cost $50,000 or less, the following procedures will
be utilized:
1.
A MBE goal and/or MBE sub goals are not required to be set for contracts that are
anticipated to be for $50,000 or less.
2.
All advertisements, solicitations, and solicitation documents shall include the
following statement:
"Certified Minority Business Enterprises are encouraged to respond to this
solicitation."
3.
To encourage greater MBE participation the staff of the school system should
send out notices of potential projects and a specific project to MBEs to solicit bids
or proposals directly from minority business enterprise contractors that are
certified.
4.
A copy of the solicitation notice, preferably electronically, shall be sent to the
Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs at the same time the advertisement for the
solicitation is released.
When a pre-bid or pre-proposal conference or meeting is held, the MBE liaison or
designated representative shall explain that all bidders or offerors are encouraged
5.
6
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
to utilize certified MBEs for this project or segments of the project.
6.
Upon request for a specific project, the school system shall provide one set of
drawings and specifications (and addenda when issued) to minority business
enterprise associations recognized by the Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs.
They will be available free of charge to be picked up at a location designated by
the LEA. A review of the bid or proposal activity submitted by an association’s
members may be initiated to justify continuation of this service.
7.
Minority Business Enterprise forms identified in Section VII of this procedure for
projects over $50,000, are not required to be submitted for these projects ($50,000
or less).
8.
The names of prime contractors obtaining drawings and specifications will be
shared with certified MBEs and MBE associations, upon request.
9.
At the time of the contract award, the MBE Liaison or a designated person will
record any anticipated certified minority business enterprise participation data
made available from the successful contractor.
10.
A business that presents itself as a minority business may participate in a project
but may not be counted toward MBE participation until it is a certified minority
business enterprise. If the MBE is not certified at the time of contract award, it
may not be counted at that time. Only the funds paid after MDOT certification can
be counted as MBE participation in the project. If a certified MBE fails to meet
the standards specified in State Finance and Procurement Article14-301 (G) and
(I), Annotated Code of Maryland, the payments made to the MBE can be recorded
and counted under a contract entered into when the MBE was eligible and
certified. Ineligibility of an MBE to participate in the MBE program may not be
the sole cause of the termination of the MBE contractual relationship for the
remainder of the term of the contract.
11.
The contractor will complete the Standard Monthly Contractor’s Requisition for
Payment (IAC/PSCP Form 306.4), specifically page 3 of 16, Minority Business
Enterprise Participation, with each requisition submitted for payment. If certified
MBE firms are known at the time of contract award their names and other
appropriate information should be entered on page 3 of the first and all subsequent
requisitions for payment. Any MBEs identified during the life of the project
should be added as soon as the contractor engages them.
12.
Upon completion of the project the contractor will provide a summary of the total
of all funds paid to certified MBE firms. This should be within the contractor’s
final requisition for payment.
7
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
VII.
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES - Over $50,000:
For construction projects estimated to cost in excess of $50,000, the following procedures
will be utilized:
1.
All advertisements, solicitations, and solicitation documents shall include the
following statements:
a.
"Certified Minority Business Enterprises are encouraged to respond to this
solicitation notice."
b.
"The contractor or supplier who provides materials, supplies, equipment
and/or services for this construction project shall attempt to achieve the
specific overall MBE goal of ____ percent established for this project. All
prime contractors, including certified MBE firms, when submitting bids or
proposals as general or prime contractors, are required to attempt to
achieve this goal from certified MBE firms.”
c.
If sub goals have been established for this project then one of the
following should be included:
1) “The sub goals established for this project are ____ percent from
African American-owned businesses and _____ percent from Asian
American-owned businesses.”
2) “The sub goal established for this project is ____ percent from
African American-owned businesses.”
3) “The sub goal established for this project is ____ percent from Asian
American–owned businesses.”
2.
d.
"The bidder or offeror is required to submit with its bid or proposal a
completed Attachment 1(State Attachment A) - Certified MBE Utilization
and Fair Solicitation Affidavit and Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) MBE Participation Schedule, as described in the solicitation documents.
e.
If there is no overall MBE goal or MBE sub goals established for the
project, then only 1.a. above is to be included.
Other Advertisement and Outreach Requirements
a.
To encourage greater MBE participation the staff of the school system
should send out notices of potential projects to MBEs or solicit bids or
proposals directly from minority business enterprise contractors that are
certified.
b.
A copy of the solicitation notice, preferably electronically, shall be sent to
the Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs at the same time the
8
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
advertisement for the solicitation is released.
3.
c.
Upon request for a specific project, the school system shall provide one
set of drawings and specifications (and addenda when issued) to minority
business enterprise associations recognized by the Governor’s Office of
Minority Affairs. They will be available free of charge to be picked up at
a location designated by the LEA. A review of the bid or proposal activity
by an association’s members may be initiated to justify continuation of
this service.
d.
When a pre-bid or pre-proposal conference is held, the MBE Liaison or
designated representative shall explain the MBE goal and sub goals, if
applicable; the MBE provisions of the solicitation; the documentation
required at the time of submission; its relationship to the responsiveness
of the bidder or offeror; how to complete the required attachments,
particularly 1(A), 2(B), and 3(C); and additional information and
supporting documentation that may be required after the bid or proposal
opening. All contractors who attend the pre-bid or pre-proposal
conference should receive a list or information explaining how to obtain a
listing of certified MBE firms who could perform the work or have
expressed an interest in performing the school construction work required
for the specific project in the jurisdiction.
e.
The names of prime contractors obtaining drawings and specifications
will be shared with certified MBEs and MBE associations, upon request.
f.
The MBE liaison, in conjunction with the procurement officer or project
staff, should respond to all applicable questions and concerns relating to
the project’s MBE requirements completely and in a timely fashion to
ensure that all potential contractors and subcontractors can compete
effectively.
All Solicitation Documents Shall Include the Following
a.
“Certified Minority Business Enterprises are encouraged to respond to this
solicitation notice.”
b.
“The contractor or supplier who provides materials, supplies, equipment
and/or services for this construction project shall attempt to achieve the
result that a minimum of __ percent of the total contract value is with
certified Minority Business Enterprises, with a minimum of __ percent
from certified African American-owned businesses, a minimum of __
percent from certified Asian American-owned businesses, and the balance
from any certified Minority Business Enterprises. All contractors,
including certified MBE firms, when submitting bids or proposals as
prime contractors, are required to attempt to achieve the MBE goal and
sub goals, if applicable, from certified MBEs.” Note: see VII.1.c. above
9
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
for variations that may be required.
c.
Each bid or offer submitted, including a submittal from a certified MBE in
response to this solicitation, shall be accompanied by a completed
Attachment 1(State Attachment A) - Certified MBE Utilization and Fair
Solicitation Affidavit and a completed Attachment 2 (State Attachment B)
- MBE Participation Schedule. These two attachments must be accurate
and consistent with each other.
1) Attachment 1 (State Attachment A) and Attachment 2 (State
Attachment B) shall be submitted with the sealed bid price or
proposal at a place, date, and time specified in the solicitation
document.
2) As an alternative, and at the discretion of the school system,
Attachment 1 (State Attachment A) could be submitted with the
sealed bid price or proposal at a place, date, and time specified in the
solicitation document. The sealed bids or proposals received by the
time specified could be held, unopened for a maximum of 30 minutes.
Within that time (30 minutes) each bidder or offeror must submit
Attachment 2 (State Attachment B), in a separate sealed envelope.
The sealed price envelopes from each bidder or offeror who submits
both the sealed bid and proposal and the envelope with Attachment 2
(State Attachment B) will then be opened and reviewed and recorded
as a viable submission. Any contractor that fails to submit the second
envelope, with Attachment 2 (State Attachment B), prior to the
specified time allowed (30 minutes) after the submittal of the sealed
bid or proposal will be deemed non-responsive and the sealed bid or
proposal will not be opened or considered.
d.
The submittal of a completed and signed Attachment 1 (State Attachment
A) - Certified MBE Utilization and Fair Solicitation Affidavit and a
completed and signed Attachment 2 (State Attachment B)- MBE
Participation Schedule indicates the bidder’s or offeror’s recognition and
commitment to attempt to achieve the MBE goal and/or MBE sub goals, if
applicable, for the specific project.
1) The bidder or offeror recognizes that their efforts made to initiate
contact, to solicit, and to include MBE firms in this project will be
reviewed carefully and evaluated based upon the actions taken by
them prior to and up to 10 days before the bid or proposal opening.
Follow-up actions taken by the bidder or offeror within the 10 days
prior to the bid opening will also be considered.
2) Based upon this review and evaluation it will be determined, by the
MBE liaison, procurement officer, or a designated person, if a good
10
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
faith effort was made by the apparent low bidder or apparent
successful offeror.
e.
The bidder or offeror must check one of the three boxes on Attachment 1
(State Attachment A), which relates to the level of MBE participation
achieved for the project. The bidder’s or offeror’s signature indicates that
in the event that they did not meet the MBE goal or sub goals, if
applicable, that:
1) They are therefore requesting a waiver, and
2) Documentation of their good faith efforts will be provided to the
school system staff within 10 days of being notified that they are the
apparent low bidder or apparent successful offeror.
f.
The bidder or offeror must submit Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) (as
and when described above), which lists and provides information related
to each certified MBE firm that the bidder or offeror will utilize on this
project. A completed and accurate Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) is
required. All of the work specified to be performed by each MBE firm,
the contact information, MDOT certification number, minority code, the
dollar values, and percentages must be correct.
g.
Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) should be completed and submitted
with all calculations utilizing the base bid or offer only. A revised
Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) should be submitted by the successful
bidder or offeror once a determination is made as to the acceptance and/or
rejection of any alternates.
h.
If a request for a waiver has been made, the appropriate box on
Attachment 1 (State Attachment A) has been checked and the attachment
signed, then the LEA should obtain and review the apparent low bidder’s
or successful offeror’s supporting documentation of the good faith efforts
to justify the granting of the waiver, prior to submitting the contract award
for approval to the board of education.
i.
The following documentation shall be considered as part of the contract,
and shall be furnished by the apparent low bidder or successful offeror to
the MBE Liaison or designated person, within ten (10) working days from
notification that the firm is the apparent low bidder or successful offeror:
1) A completed Attachment 4 (State Attachment D) - Minority Business
Enterprise Subcontractor Project Participation Statement shall be
completed and signed by the prime contractor and each MBE firm
listed on Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) - MBE Participation
Schedule and Attachment 3 (State Attachment C) - Outreach Efforts
Compliance Statement shall be signed and completed by the bidder or
11
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
offeror.
2) Notification for purposes of this procedure means the earliest of the
following methods of communication: orally in person, orally by
telephone, orally by a telephone message, a faxed communication, a
letter by date received or an electronic communication.
3) The ten (10) working days do not include the day the notification is
received, weekends or holidays (State or Federal), but the material
submitted must be received by the close of business on the tenth day.
4) The requirement to submit the above-listed documentation within the
time frame specified will be considered by the IAC in its review of
the request for contract award for the project. Failure to submit the
required documentation within the time frame specified may result in
a delay of the approval of the award of the contract, or the materials
being returned without the approval of the award of the contract.
4.
Waiver Procedures
a.
If the apparent low bidder or successful offeror has determined that they
are unable to meet the overall MBE goal or sub goals, if applicable, for
the project at the time of submission of a bid or offer, they must check
either of the two boxes on Attachment 1 (State Attachment A). The
signature recognizes and acknowledges that a request for a waiver is being
made. The apparent low bidder or successful offeror will therefore be
required to submit information and substantiating documentation that will
be reviewed to justify the granting of a waiver.
b.
If the apparent low bidder or successful offeror is unable to achieve the
overall MBE contract goal and/or the MBE sub goals, if applicable, from
certified African American-owned businesses and/or from certified Asian
American-owned businesses, the apparent low bidder or successful offeror
shall submit, within 10 working days from notification that the firm is the
apparent low bidder or successful offeror, a completed Attachment 3
(State Attachment C) - Outreach Efforts Compliance Statement,
Attachment 5 (State Attachment E) - Minority Subcontractors
Unavailability Certificate, and Attachment 6 (State Attachment F) MBE Waiver Documentation which shall include the following:
1) A detailed statement of the efforts made by the bidder or offeror to
identify and select portions of the work proposed to be performed by
subcontractors in order to increase the likelihood of achieving the
stated goal;
2) A detailed statement of the efforts made by the bidder or offeror prior
to and up to at least ten (10) days before the bid or proposal opening
12
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
to solicit minority business enterprises through written notices that
describe the categories of work for which subcontracting is being
solicited, the type of work to be performed and specific instructions
on how to submit a bid or proposal;
3) Follow-up actions taken by the bidder or offeror within the 10 days
prior to the bid or proposal opening will also be considered.
4) A detailed statement of the bidder’s or offeror’s efforts to make
personal contact with MBE firms identified for item (2) above;
5) A record of the name, address, telephone number and dates contacted
for each MBE identified under items (2) and (3) above;
6) A description of the information provided to MBEs regarding the
drawings, specifications and the anticipated time schedule for portions
of the work to be performed;
7) Information on activities to assist minority business enterprises to
fulfill bonding requirements or to obtain a waiver of these
requirements;
8) Information on activities to publicize contracting opportunities to
minority business enterprises, attendance at pre-bid or pre-proposal
meetings or other meetings scheduled by the MBE Liaison or
designated representative; and
9) As to each MBE that placed a subcontract quotation or offer which
the apparent low bidder or successful offeror considers not to be
acceptable, a detailed statement of reasons for this conclusion.
c.
In addition to any waiver documentation the apparent low bidder or
successful offeror shall submit one completed Attachment 4 (State
Attachment D) - Minority Business Enterprise Subcontractor Project
Participation statement for each MBE firm that will participate in the
project consistent with the information previously provided at the time of
the submission of Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) or the revised
Attachment 2 (State Attachment B).
d.
A waiver of an MBE contract goal or sub goal, if applicable, may be
granted by the school system only upon receipt of Attachment 3 (State
Attachment C) - Outreach Efforts Compliance Statement, Attachment 5
(State Attachment E) - Minority Subcontractors Unavailability Certificate,
and Attachment 6 (State Attachment F) - MBE Waiver Documentation as
described above in items 1) through 9).
13
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
1) The MBE Liaison will review and accept or reject the minority
business enterprise material that is submitted, and could obtain legal
advice or assistance from their attorney.
2) The MBE waiver request may not be considered unless all of the
documentation specified above has been submitted in a timely fashion
by the apparent low bidder or successful offeror.
3) Assistance in the review of a request for a waiver (the documentation
and justifications) may be requested from the Public School
Construction Program and/or the Governor’s Office of Minority
Affairs.
4) If a determination is made that the apparent low bidder or successful
offeror did make a good faith effort, based upon a review of the
documentation submitted, then the waiver must be granted. The award
of contract shall then be made. The material and information
submitted, including the LEA’s review and analysis notes and
conclusion shall be retained in the project file.
5) If a determination is made that the apparent low bidder or successful
offeror did not make a good faith effort, based upon a review of the
documentation submitted, then the waiver should not be granted. The
material and information submitted, including the LEA’s review and
analysis notes and conclusion, shall be retained in the project file. The
award of contract shall then be made to the next lowest bidder or
offeror, who meets the contractual requirements, including the MBE
requirements.
6) When a waiver is granted, a copy of Attachment 5 (State Attachment
E) - MBE Waiver Documentation, accepted and signed by a school
system representative and with the reasons for the determination, shall
be forwarded to the Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs and the
Public School Construction Program within ten (10) days after
approval of the contract award by the board of education. Failure to
submit the required documentation within the time frame specified
may result in delayed approval of the award of contract by the IAC.
5.
All Contracts Shall Include the Following
a.
“The contractor shall perform the contract in accordance with the
representations made in Attachment 1 (State Attachment A) - Certified
Minority Business Enterprise Utilization and Fair Solicitation Affidavit
and Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) - MBE Participation Schedule,
submitted as part of the bid or proposal”.
14
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
b.
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
“Failure to perform the contract as specified and presented in the bid or
proposal submission without prior written consent of the owner shall
constitute a violation of a material term of the contract.”
1) The contractor shall structure his/her operations for the performance
of the contract to attempt to achieve the MBE goals as stated in the
solicitation document.
2) The contractor agrees to use his/her best efforts to carry out these
requirements consistent with the efficient and effective performance
of the contract.
3) The contractor must ensure that all certified MBEs shall have the
maximum practical opportunity to compete for additional subcontract
work under the contract, even after the award of the contract.
4) The contractor shall submit monthly to the MBE Liaison or the school
system’s designated representative a report listing any unpaid
invoices, over 30 days old, received from any certified MBE
subcontractor, the amount of each invoice and the reason payment has
not been made.
5) The contractor shall included in its agreements with its certified MBE
subcontractors, a requirement that those subcontractors submit
monthly to the MBE Liaison or appropriate representative a report
that identifies the prime contract and lists all payments received from
the contractor in the preceding 30 days, as well as any outstanding
invoices, and the amount of those invoices.
6) The contractor shall cooperate in any reviews of the contractor’s
procedures and practices with respect to minority business enterprises,
which the MBE Liaison, the Public School Construction Program,
and/or the Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs may, from time to
time, conduct.
7) The contractor shall maintain such records as are necessary to confirm
compliance with its MBE participation obligations. These records
must indicate the identity of certified minority and non-minority
subcontractors employed on the contract, the type of work performed
by each, and the actual dollar value of work performed. Subcontract
agreements documenting the work performed by all MBE participants
must be retained by the contractor and furnished to the MBE Liaison
and or appropriate representative on request.
8) All records concerning MBE participation must be retained by the
contractor for a period of five years after final completion of the
contract, and will be available for inspection by the MBE Liaison,
15
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
representatives from the Public School Construction Program and/or
other designated official entities.
9) At the option of the MBE Liaison or appropriate agency
representative, upon completion of the contract and before final
payment and/or release of retainage, the contractor shall submit a final
report in affidavit form and under penalty of perjury, of all payments
made to, or withheld from MBE subcontractors.
10) If at any time after submission of a bid or proposal and before
execution of a contract, the apparent successful bidder or offeror
determines that a certified MBE listed on Attachment 2 (State
Attachment B) - MBE Participation Schedule has become or will
become unavailable, then the apparent successful bidder or offeror
shall immediately notify the procurement officer and provide such
officer with a reason(s) why the change has occurred. Any desired
change in Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) - MBE Participation
Schedule shall be approved in advance by the procurement officer and
shall indicate the contractor’s efforts to substitute another certified
MBE subcontractor to perform the work. Desired changes occurring
after the date of contract execution may occur only upon written
approval by the LEA.
11) A business that presents itself as a minority business may participate
in a project but the contract value may not be counted toward the
MBE goal or sub goals, if applicable, until the business is certified by
MDOT. If it is not certified at the time of contract award it may not
be counted toward the goal or sub goals, if applicable, at that time.
Only the funds paid after MDOT certification can be counted toward
meeting the MBE goal or sub goals, if applicable. If a certified MBE
fails to meet the standards specified in State Finance and Procurement
Article.14-301, Annotated Code of Maryland, the payments made to
the MBE can be recorded and counted under a contract entered into
when the MBE was eligible and certified. Ineligibility of an MBE to
participate in the MBE program may not be the sole cause of the
termination of the MBE contractual relationship for the remainder of
the term of the contract.
12) Contractors are encouraged to seek additional MBE participation in
their contracts during the life of the project. Any additional MBE
participation from certified MBEs should be reported to the MBE
liaison and should be included in subsequent monthly requisitions for
payment.
13) The contractor shall complete the Standard Monthly Contractor’s
Requisition for Payment (IAC/PSCP Form 306.4), specifically
Attachment 8 (State Attachment H), Minority Business Enterprise
16
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
Participation, with each requisition submitted for payment. This
submittal should accurately reflect the payments to be made that
month to MBEs, and the cumulative total for the period specified.
Any and all MBE firms that are identified on Attachment 2 (State
Attachment B) – MBE Participation Schedule should be included on
Attachment 8 (State Attachment H) of the first and all subsequent
requisitions for payment. Any MBEs identified during the life of the
project should be added as soon as the contractor engages them.
14) At the completion of the project the contractor shall prepare a written
summary of the final certified MBE participation in the contract as
compared to the proposed participation at the time of contract award.
This should include the name of each certified MBE, the amount that
was anticipated to be paid at the time of contract award, the amount
actually paid, and an explanation of any differences that have
occurred. Special attention should be given to any situations where
the final payment(s) to any MBE was below the level of commitment
at the time of contract award.
6.
Projects Utilizing a Construction Manager Delivery Method
This section of the procedure has been prepared based upon the utilization of
Construction Manager Agency method of delivery. If another alternative method
of project delivery is being considered, then these procedures would need to be
adapted in consultation with the PSCP before proceeding.
a.
For projects that are being designed and solicited utilizing a Construction
Manager Agency delivery method with multiple prime contracts, the
school system can structure its procedures to attain the overall MBE goal
and sub goals, if applicable, for the project as presented below.
b.
The MBE liaison and other school system staff should work with the
project’s construction manager, cost estimator, and architect, along with
any other individuals who could provide assistance, to determine the
overall MBE utilization strategy for the work required, appropriate bid
packages, and an appropriate overall MBE goal and sub goals, if
applicable, for each specific bid or proposal package.
c.
The overall MBE goal and sub goals, if applicable, for the project shall
represent the aggregate of the individual goals and sub goals, if
applicable, set for each bid or proposal package.
d.
In setting the specific goals and sub goals, if applicable, for each
solicitation package consideration should be given to the potential for
MBE participation to the maximum extent possible. The information and
procedures provided in Section V MBE Goal Setting Procedures should
17
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
be consulted and followed for these types of projects.
7.
e.
Prior to submitting the construction documents for State review and
authorization to solicit bids or proposals, the school system’s
representative will prepare a complete list of the individual solicitation
packages and indicate the MBE goal and sub goals, if applicable, for each
solicitation package. This would include the overall MBE goal and sub
goals, if applicable, established in the solicitation documents, the
estimated cost for each solicitation package, and the estimated MBE
dollar amounts for each solicitation package. A copy of this list should be
submitted with the construction documents. The list should be retained as
a record by the school system for comparison to the actual contracts
awarded with MBE participation, and the final actual MBE participation
at the completion of the project.
f.
Contractors submitting bids or proposals for solicitation packages that do
not include a MBE goal and sub goals, if applicable, would not be
required to submit any of the MBE attachments that are otherwise
required nor would they be required to indicate that they are requesting a
waiver. The school system representative would, however, request
information from the contractor at the completion of the project to
determine if any certified MBE firms had participated in the contract.
g.
All other submittals of MBE materials and reporting requirements are
applicable for the project, including the submittal of Attachments 1 (State
Attachment A) and 2 (State Attachment B) as described above in Section
VII., this includes the documentation for a request for a waiver, if
applicable and appropriate.
Projects Utilizing an Indefinite Delivery/Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ)
or Job Order Contracting (JOC) Method of Delivery
a.
The solicitation should be prepared and the overall MBE goal and sub
goals, if applicable, established based upon the type of work that is
anticipated to be specified or performed under the contract and the
availability of certified MBEs. This could include an analysis of the
percentages of the different types of work, the estimated dollar value in
the entire contract, and the availability of MBEs.
b.
If an overall goal and sub goals, if applicable, are set the bidders or
offerors would be required to submit Attachment 1 (State Attachment A) Certified Minority Business Enterprise Utilization and Fair Solicitation
Affidavit in which they could indicate their anticipated MBE participation
based upon the entire contract amount and the types of work specified.
The award of contract can be made based upon their estimate of MBE
participation since there is no specific task order or description of work to
be performed and subcontractors have not been identified or engaged
18
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
through any type of commitment or subcontract.
8.
c.
Since MBE participation is only anticipated in a general sense as an
objective and specific contracts to MBEs have not been signed, then the
contract award would not be included in any reporting to the PSCP or
subsequent reporting to GOMA.
d.
However, as the contract proceeds and individual task orders and/or
purchase orders are issued, the contractor should submit Attachment 2
(State Attachment B) - MBE Participation Schedule for any and all
projects or work where MBE subcontractors and/or suppliers might
reasonably be utilized. Discussions between the contractor or offeror and
the LEA as the task orders and/or purchase orders are being developed
should address this aspect of the contract requirements.
e.
Any MBE participation should be recorded by the MBE liaison and
reported to the PSCP MBE Liaison as the task orders and/or purchase
orders are approved.
f.
The contractor shall complete the Standard Monthly Contractor’s
Requisition for Payment (IAC/PSCP FORM 306.4), specifically page 3 of
16, Minority Business Enterprise Participation, with each requisition
submitted for payment. This submittal should accurately reflect the
payments to be made that month to MBEs, and the cumulative total for
the period specified. Any and all MBE firms that are identified on
Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) - MBE Participation Schedule should
be included on page 3 of the first and all subsequent requisitions for
payment. Any MBEs identified during the life of the project should be
added as soon as the contractor engages them.
g.
At the completion of the contract period or the full utilization of the
contract’s value a report should be prepared by the LEA MBE Liaison and
submitted to the PSCP MBE Liaison summarizing the MBE participation
in each and all of the task orders or purchase orders issued under the
contract. This should include the anticipated MBE participation prior to
the issuance of the solicitation, the MBE participation anticipated at the
time of contract award and the actual MBE participation at the completion
of the contract.
Projects Utilizing the Design/Build Delivery Method
a.
The solicitation is for both A/E services and the actual construction of a
public school project. The solicitation should be prepared and the MBE
goal and sub goals, if applicable, established for the construction work
that is anticipated for the project. The goal setting procedures described in
Section V above should be utilized for these types of projects.
19
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
b.
The bidders or offerors should be required to submit Attachment 1 (State
Attachment A) - Certified Minority Business Enterprise Utilization and
Fair Solicitation Affidavit on which they would indicate their anticipated
MBE participation based upon the construction work anticipated and their
understanding of the MBE goal and sub goals, if applicable, the types of
work involved, and the availability of certified MBEs for the project.
Since there are no detailed plans or designs for the project and there are
no contracts or subcontracts for the actual construction work there is no
need to submit any other MBE attachments, at this time.
c.
If the bidder or offeror, who is to be awarded this contract, has indicated
that they do not anticipate achieving the overall MBE participation goal
and sub goals, if applicable, for this project on Attachment 1 (State
Attachment A), then they are in effect requesting a waiver. They will be
required to submit documentation at a later date to justify this request.
d.
As the project proceeds through the design phase and the project is
nearing the completion of the construction documents for submission to
the State to review, the Design/Build Team (team) in consultation with
LEA representatives should discuss the opportunities and potential for
certified MBEs to participate in the project.
e.
The team should begin to identify potential contractors and
subcontractors, opportunities to segment the project, and MBEs that could
participate in the project.
f.
At a point in time that is approximately 30 days prior to the anticipated
CD submission to the State, the team should complete and submit
Attachment 2 (State Attachment B) - MBE Participation Schedule to the
LEA for their review and approval.
g.
If the team had indicated on Attachment 1 (State Attachment A) that they
would meet the goals and the information on Attachment 2 (State
Attachment B) indicates that they did meet the goals then the team should
proceed with the construction of the project.
h.
If the team had indicated on Attachment 1 (State Attachment A) that they
did not anticipate meeting the overall MBE goal and sub goals, if
applicable, or only a portion of the goal and sub goals, if applicable, then
Attachment 1 (State Attachment A) should be reviewed by the LEA. The
team should, at this time, submit their documentation in support of the
waiver requested.
i.
The proposed MBE participation should be reviewed and a determination
made as to whether the team has made a good faith effort to meet the
MBE goals and sub goals, if applicable, established for the project and as
20
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
stated on Attachment 1 (State Attachment A), and previously submitted.
VIII.
j.
If a request for a waiver is made and approved, Attachment 6 (State
Attachment F) – MBE Waiver Documentation should be signed by a
school system representative and submitted to the PSCP and the
Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs.
k.
Since there was no MBE participation reported at the time of the award of
the Design/Build contract, the LEA would submit the entire package of
information, including all of the MBE related attachments to the PSCP
within ten (10) days of the team being directed to proceed with the actual
construction work.
l.
All other submittals of MBE materials and reporting requirements are
applicable for the project, as described above in Section VII.
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES/FAILURE TO PERFORM WORK
The successful bidder accepts this contract with the understanding that should they fail to
complete the work in an acceptable manner and in the time stated, they shall be subject to
the payment of liquidated damages as stated in the bid document.
Liquidated Damages Schedule - Amount Per Day
$25,000 and under
$25,000 - $100,000
$100,000- $500,000
$500,000- $1,000,000
$1,000, 000-$2,500,000
$2,500,000-$5,000,000
$5,000,000-$10,000,000
$10,000,000-$15,000,000
$15,000,000 and More
$100.00
$250.00
$500.00
$550.00
$750.00
$1,000.00
$1,500.00
$2,000.00
$2,500.00
Liquidated Damages Provision for State Funded Contracts Containing Minority Business
Enterprise Participation Goals:
Liquidated Damages. This contract requires the contractor to make good faith
efforts to comply with the Minority Business Enterprise (“MBE”) Program and
contract provisions. The Board and the Contractor acknowledge and agree that the
Board will incur damages, including but not limited to loss of goodwill,
detrimental impact on economic development, and diversion of internal staff
resources, if the Contractor does not make good faith efforts to comply with the
requirements of the MBE Program and MBE contract provisions. The parties
further acknowledge and agree that the damages the Board might reasonably be
anticipated to accrue as a result of such lack of compliance are difficult to
21
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
ascertain with precision.
Therefore, upon a determination by the Board that the Contractor failed to make
good faith efforts to comply with one or more of the specified MBE Program
requirements or contract provisions, the Contractor agrees to pay liquidated
damages to the State at the rates set forth below. The Contractor expressly agrees
that the Board may withhold payment on any invoices as a set-off against
liquidated damages owed. The Contractor further agrees that for each specified
violation, the agreed upon liquidated damages are reasonably proximate to the loss
the Board is anticipated to incur as a result of such violation.
a. Failure to submit each monthly payment report in full compliance with COMAR
21.11.03.13B (3): $_____ per day until the monthly report is submitted as required.
b. Failure to include in its agreements with MBE subcontractors a provision requiring
submission of payment reports in full compliance with COMAR 21.11.03.13B (4): $ ____
per MBE subcontractor.
c. Failure to comply with COMAR 21.11.03.12 in terminating, canceling, or changing the
scope of work/value of a contract with an MBE subcontractor and/or amendment of the
MBE participation schedule: the difference between the dollar value of the MBE
participation commitment on the MBE participation schedule for that specific MBE firm
and the dollar value of the work performed by that MBE firm for the contract.
d. Failure to meet the Contractor’s total MBE participation goal and subgoal
commitments: the difference between the dollar value of the total MBE participation
commitment on the MBE participation schedule and the MBE participation actually
achieved.
e. Failure to promptly pay all undisputed amounts to an MBE subcontractor in full
compliance with the prompt payment provisions of this contract: $_____ per day until the
undisputed amount due to the MBE subcontractor is paid. This section does not apply to
contracts that are subject to section 15-226 of the State Finance and Procurement Article –
Construction Contracts – Prompt Payment of Subcontractors.
Notwithstanding the use of liquidated damages, the State reserves the right to terminate
the contract and exercise all other rights and remedies provided in the contract or by law.
IX.
RECORDS AND REPORTS:
1.
The MBE Liaison shall maintain such records as are necessary to confirm
compliance with its Minority Business Enterprise Procedures and activities. The
records shall be maintained until the project is audited by the Public School
Construction Program. These records shall include by project:
a.
The contractor report submitted at the completion of the project;
22
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
b.
c.
d.
e.
X.
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
The identity of the minority contractors employed on the project;
The type of work performed;
The actual dollar value of the work, services, supplies or equipment; and
The MBE percentage of the total contract.
2.
The MBE Liaison will maintain a record of all waivers approved for each project
or solicitation package where the prime contractor was unable to achieve the
established overall goal or sub goals, if applicable. The MBE Liaison will,
however, report to the PSCP all MBE participation by MDOT certified firms who
are prime contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, or otherwise making an
economically viable contribution to each project. This information shall be
reported to PSCP within ten (10) days after approval of the award of the contract
by the Board of Education.
3.
The LEA shall submit the “Certified Minority Business Enterprise Participation
Standard Monthly Contractor’s Requisition for Payment” (IAC/PSCP Form 306.4
page 3 of 16, located in the Administrative Procedures Guide), which is
Attachment 7 (State Attachment G) in this procedure, to the PSCP Director of
Fiscal Services as part of the regular monthly request for payment for the project.
4.
The LEA shall submit the “Close-Out Cost Summary” (IAC/PSCP Form 306.6
located in the Administrative Procedures Guide), which is Attachment 8 (State
Attachment H) of this procedure, along with the “Certified Minority Business
Enterprise Participation Standard Monthly Contractor’s Requisition for Payment”
(IAC/PSCP Form 306.4) to the PSCP Director of Fiscal Services within 180 days
of completion of the project.
5.
Each fiscal year end, PSCP Fiscal Services will create a report “Payments Made to
Contractors during The Fiscal Year” and maintain such records as are necessary to
confirm compliance with its minority business enterprise procedures and
activities.
6.
Each fiscal year end, PSCP Fiscal Services will create a report “Projects
Completed during the Fiscal Year” and maintain such records as are necessary to
confirm compliance with its Minority Business Enterprise Procedures and
activities. This report will compare the overall MBE goal and sub goals, if
applicable, for each specific project with the MBE participation anticipated at the
time of contract award and the actual MBE participation at the completion of the
project.
MONITORING:
1.
The LEA’s procurement personnel or project staff shall verify that the certified
MBE’s listed in the MBE participation schedule are actually performing the work.
2.
The LEA’s procurement personnel shall ensure that MBE subcontractors are
receiving compensation as set forth in the MBE participation schedule by ensuring
23
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
that the contractor submits monthly reports, listing any unpaid invoices over 30
days old received from any certified MBE subcontractor, the amount of each
invoice, and the reason payment has not been made.
XI.
3.
The MBE Liaison and/or the Public School Construction Program will conduct
reviews as deemed necessary to confirm compliance with the minority business
enterprise participation requirements.
4.
The MBE Liaison will maintain appropriate records, and shall assist the Public
School Construction Program in on-site or post-audit reviews upon request.
5.
Auditors from the Public School Construction Program will have access to and the
ability to audit MBE participation for specific projects, information retained by
the LEA, and/or submitted to the IAC in reports/forms filed by the LEA as
referenced above.
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE LIAISON:
1.
The Chief Executive Officer shall designate an individual to be identified as the
MBE Liaison for the school system.
2.
The MBE Liaison will be the contact person who will work with the Public
School Construction Program and the Governor’s Office of Minority Affairs to
implement the Minority Business Enterprise Program for the school system and
the State of Maryland.
3.
The Chief Executive Officer will immediately notify the Public School
Construction Program if there is a change in the MBE Liaison for the school
system.
XII.
RELATED PROCEDURES: Administrative Procedure 3325, Minority Business
Enterprise Procurement Procedures.
XIII.
MAINTENANCE AND UPDATE OF THESE PROCEDURES: These procedures
originate with the State of Maryland Public School Construction Program and will be
reviewed and updated by the Department of Purchasing and Supply as the need may
develop.
XIV.
CANCELLATIONS AND SUPERSEDURES: This Administrative Procedure cancels
and supersedes Administrative Procedure 7419, dated July 1, 2014.
XV.
EFFECTIVE DATE: February 23, 2015.
24
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE
MINORITY BUSINESS PROCEDURES
FOR STATE FUNDED PUBLIC SCHOOL
CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
7419
Procedure No.
February 23, 2015
Date
Attachments:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Certified Minority Business Enterprise Utilization and Fair Participation Affidavit;
Minority Business Enterprises Participation Schedule;
Minority Business Enterprises Outreach Efforts Compliance Statement;
Minority Business Enterprises Subcontractor Project Participation Statement;
Minority Subcontractor Unavailability Certificate;
Minority Business Enterprise Waiver Documentation;
Minority Business Enterprise Participation Standard Monthly Contractor’s Requisition for
Payment;
8. Close Out Cost Summary
Distribution:
Lists 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, and 11
25
PRINCE GEORGE’S COUNTY PUBLIC SCHOOLS
APPROVED BY IAC
9/18/08
Attachment 1 to A.P. 7419 (1of 2)
STATE ATTACHMENT A
CERTIFIED MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
UTILIZATION AND FAIR SOLICITATION AFFIDAVIT
NOTE: You must include this document with your bid or offer. If you do not submit the form
with your bid or offer, the procurement officer shall deem your bid non-responsive or your
offer not reasonably susceptible of being selected for award.
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Part I.
I acknowledge the:
Overall certified MBE subcontract participation goal of ____ %. and
The subgoals, if applicable, of:
____ % for certified African American-owned businesses and
____ % for certified Asian-owned businesses.
I have made a good-faith effort to achieve this goal. If awarded the contract, I will continue to attempt to
increase MBE participation during the project.
Part II.
Check ONE Box
NOTE: FAILURE TO CHECK ONE OF BOXES 1, 2, or 3 BELOW WILL RENDER A BID
NON-RESPONSIVE OR AN OFFER NOT REASONABLY SUSCEPTIBLE OF BEING
SELECTED FOR AWARD
NOTE: INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE ASSERTIONS ON THIS FORM AND THE
INFORMATION PROVIDED ON THE MBE PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE (STATE
ATTACHMENT B) MAY RENDER A BID NON-RESPONSIVE OR AN OFFER NOT
REASONABLY SUSCEPTIBLE OF BEING SELECTED FOR AWARD
1
2
I have met the overall MBE goal and MBE subgoals for this project. I submit with this Affidavit
[State Attachment A] the MBE Participation Schedule [State Attachment B], which details how I
will reach that goal.
or
After having made a good-faith effort to achieve the overall MBE goal and MBE subgoals for this
project, I can achieve partial success only. I submit with this Affidavit [State Attachment A] the
MBE Participation Schedule [State Attachment B], which details the MBE participation I have
achieved.
I request a partial waiver as follows:
Waiver of overall MBE subcontract participation goal: ____ %
Waiver of MBE subcontract participation subgoals, if applicable:
____ % for certified African American-owned businesses and
____ % for certified Asian-owned businesses.
Within 10 days of being informed that I am the apparent awardee, I will submit MBE Waiver
Documentation [State Attachment F] (with supporting documentation).
September 2008
A-1
APPROVED BY IAC
9/18/08
Attachment 1 (2 of 2)
or
3
After having made a good faith effort to achieve the overall MBE goal and MBE subgoals for this
project, I am unable to achieve any portion of the goal or subgoals. I submit with this Affidavit
[State Attachment A] the MBE Participation Schedule [State Attachment B].
I request a full waiver.
Within 10 days of being informed that I am the apparent awardee, I will submit MBE Waiver
Documentation [State Attachment F] (with supporting documentation).
Part III.
I understand that if I am the apparent awardee or conditional awardee, I must submit within 10 working
days after receiving notice of the potential award or within 10 days after the date of conditional award –
whichever is earlier – the:
Outreach Efforts Compliance Statement (State Attachment C)
Subcontractor Project Participation Statement (State Attachment D)
Minority Subcontractors Unavailability Certificate (State Attachment E) (if applicable)
Any other documentation the Procurement Officer requires to ascertain my responsibility in
connection with the MBE participation goal and subgoals
I acknowledge that if I fail to timely return complete documents, the Procurement Officer may determine
that I am not responsible and therefore not eligible for contract award. If the contract has been awarded, the
award is voidable.
I acknowledge that the MBE subcontractors/suppliers listed in the MBE Participation Schedule and any
additional MBE subcontractor/suppliers identified in the Subcontractor Project Participation Statement will
be used to accomplish the percentage of MBE participation that I intend to achieve.
In the solicitation of subcontract quotations or offers, MBE subcontractors were provided the same
information and amount of time to respond as were non-MBE subcontractors.
The solicitation process was conducted in such a manner so as to not place MBE subcontractors at a
competitive disadvantage to non-MBE subcontractors.
I solemnly affirm under the penalties of perjury that this Affidavit
is true to the best of my knowledge, information, and belief.
____________________________
Bidder/Offeror Name
____________________________
Address
____________________________
Address (continued)
September 2008
________________________________
Affiant Signature
________________________________
Printed Name & Title
________________________________
Date
A-2
STATE ATTACHMENT B
Attachment 2 to A.P. 7419
MBE PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE
This document must be included with the bid or offer. If the bidder or offeror fails to submit this form with
the bid or offer as required, the procurement officer shall deem the bid non-responsive or shall determine
that the offer is not reasonably susceptible of being selected for award.
1. Prime Contractor’s Name
2. Prime Contractor’s Address and Telephone Number
3. Project/School Name
4. Project/School Location
5. LEA and PSC No.
6. Base Bid Amount
7a. Minority Firm Name
Minority Firm Address
Minority Firm Telephone Number
Minority Group Type
 (African American )
 (Asian )
 (American Indian)
Minority Firm Fax Number
$



(Women )
(Hispanic)
(Disabled)



(Women )
(Hispanic)
(Disabled)



(Women )
(Hispanic)
(Disabled)
MDOT Certification Number
Work to be Performed and Subcontract Dollar Amount
Percent of Total Contract
7b.
Minority Firm Address
Minority Firm Name
Minority Firm Telephone Number
Minority Firm Fax Number
Minority Group Type
 (African American )
 (Asian)
 (American Indian)
MDOT Certification Number
Subcontract Dollar Amount
Percent of Total Contract
7c.
Minority Firm Address
Minority Firm Name
Minority Firm Telephone Number
Minority Firm Fax Number
Minority Group Type
 (African American )
 (Asian)
 (American Indian)
MDOT Certification Number
Subcontract Dollar Amount
Percent of Total Contract
8. MBE Total Dollar Amount
9.
10. Form Prepared by :
11. Reviewed and Accepted by Board of Education MBE Liaison
Total MBE Percent of Entire Contract
Name
Name
Title
Title
Date
Date
Total MBE Participation:
Total African-American MBE Participation:
Total Asian-Owned MBE Participation:
Total Other Participation:
June 2008
________%
________%
________%
________%
$ ____________
$ ____________
$ ____________
$ ____________
B-1
STATE ATTACHMENT C
Attachment 3 to A.P. 7419
OUTREACH EFFORTS COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
In conjunction with the bid or offer submitted in response to _______________County Public
Schools for the _________________ project, PSC # _______________, I state the following:
(Name)
1)
Bidder/Offeror identified opportunities to subcontract in these specific work
categories:
2)
Attached to this form are copies of written solicitations (with bidding instructions)
used to solicit certified MBEs for these subcontract opportunities.
3)
Bidder/Offeror made the following attempts to contact personally the solicited
MBEs:
4)
Bidder/Offeror assisted MBEs to fulfill or to seek waiver of bonding
Requirements (Described Efforts)
This project does not involve bonding requirements.
5)
Bidder/Offeror did/did not attend the pre-bid conference
No pre-bid conference was held.
_________________________________
Bidder/Offeror Name
By:
________________________
_________________________________
Address
_________________________
Name, Title
_________________________________
__________________________
Date
June 2008
C-1
STATE ATTACHMENT D
Attachment 4 to A.P. 7419
MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES SUBCONTRACTOR PROJECT
PARTICIPATION STATEMENT
PROJECT/ SCHOOL NAME:
PROJECT/ SCHOOL LOCATION:
LEA:
___________________________________________________
NAME OF PRIME CONTRACTOR:
____________________________________________________
NAME OF MBE SUBCONTRACTOR:
MDOT Certification Number
1. Work/Services to be performed by MBE Subcontractor:
2. Subcontract Amount: $
3. Bonds - Amount and type required of Subcontractor if any:
4.
MBE Anticipated or Actual Commencement Date:
Completion Date:
5.
This MBE subcontract represents the following percentage of the total contract cost:
6.
This is an African American Firm:
Yes
No
7.
This is an Asian Owned Business Firm:
Yes
No
8.
This is an American Indian, Hispanic, Woman or Disabled Firm: Yes
No
(Circle One)
***********************************************************************************************
The undersigned subcontractor and prime contractor will enter into a contract for the work/service indicated above
upon the prime contractor’s execution of a contract for the above referenced project with the
Board of Education. The undersigned subcontractor is a MDOT certified Minority Business Enterprise. The terms
and conditions stated above are consistent with our agreements.
Signature of Subcontractor:
Date: ________________________
The term and conditions stated above are consistent with our agreements.
Signature of Prime Contractor:
Date:
June 2008
D-1
STATE ATTACHMENT E
Attachment 5 to A.P. 7419
MINORITY SUBCONTRACTOR UNAVAILABILITY CERTIFICATE
1. It is hereby certified that the firm of
(Name of Minority firm)
located at
(Number)
(Street)
(City)
(State)
(Zip)
was offered an opportunity to bid on the
in
school project
County by
(Name of Prime Contractor’s Firm)
*************************************************************************************
2. The
(Minority Firm), is either unavailable for the
work/service or unable to prepare a bid for this project for the following reason(s):
Signature of Minority Firm’s MBE Representative
Title
MDOT Certification #
3.
Date
Telephone #
To be completed by the prime contractor if Section 2 of this form is not completed by the minority firm.
To the best of my knowledge and belief, said Certified Minority Business Enterprise is either unavailable for the
work/service for this project, is unable to prepare a bid, or did not respond to a request for a price proposal and has
not completed the above portion of this submittal.
Signature of Prime Contractor
June 2008
Title
Date
E-1
Attachment 6 to A.P. 7419 (1 of 2)
STATE ATTACHMENT F
MBE WAIVER DOCUMENTATION
Project Name:
PSC No.
Base Contract Amount
$
Plus Accepted Alternates
Equals Total Contract Amount $
I have previously requested that a waiver be granted to the overall MBE goal for this project of _____ percent,
with a minimum of ____ percent from certified African American-owned businesses, a minimum of ____
percent from certified Asian-owned businesses, and the balance from all certified minority business enterprises,
if applicable. This would include the total dollar value of all materials, supplies, equipment, and services,
including construction services directly or indirectly, from Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) which are
currently certified by the Maryland Department of Transportation (MDOT).
I
, hereby certify that my position is
(Name of Company Representative)
, and
I am the duly authorized representative of
(Position Title)
.
(Company Name)
I further certify that I have submitted a Schedule for Participation of Certified Minority Business Enterprises
which reflects the percentage and dollar value of certified Minority Business Enterprise participation which my
company expects to achieve for this contract. Therefore, the request for the waiver is as follows:
Summary MBE Participation Schedule from Attachment B
Minority Group
MBE GOAL
Percent of
Total
Contract
Dollar Value of
Total Contract*
Actual MBE
Dollar Participation
Dollar Value
Percent of
Total
Contract
Request For Waiver
Dollar Value
Percent
of Total
Contract
a. Sub Goal
African American
b. Sub Goal
Asian
c. Other * in
Sub Goal group
a/b above
TOTALS
* with accepted/rejected alternates
June 2008
F-1
Attachment 6 to A.P. 7419 (2 of 2)
To support this request for a waiver, I include the following information as attachments which I certify to be
true to the best of my knowledge.
1. A detailed statement of the efforts made by the contractor to identify and select portions of the work
proposed to be performed by subcontractors in order to increase the likelihood of achieving the stated
goal;
2. A detailed statement of the efforts made by the contractor prior to and up to 10 days before the bid opening
to solicit minority business enterprises through written notices that describe the categories of work for
which subcontracting is being solicited, the type of work to be performed, and specific instructions on how
to submit a bid;
3. A detailed statement of the contractor’s efforts to make personal contact with MBE firms identified for
Item 2. above;
4. A record of the name, address, telephone number, and dates contacted for each MBE identified under
items 2. and 3. above;
5. A description of the information provided to MBE’s regarding the plans, specifications and the anticipated
time schedule for portions of the work to be performed;
6. Information on activities to assist minority business enterprises to fulfill bonding requirements, or to
obtain a waiver of these requirements;
7. Information on activities to publicize contracting opportunities to minority business enterprises,
attendance at pre-bid meetings, or other meetings scheduled by the MBE Liaison or designated
representative;
8. As to each MBE that placed a subcontract quotation or offer which the apparent low bidder or successful
offeror considers not to be acceptable, a detailed statement of reasons for this conclusion; and
9. A list of minority subcontractors found to be unavailable. This shall be accompanied by a Minority
Subcontractor Unavailability Certificate signed by the minority business enterprise or from the apparent
low bidder or successful offeror indicating that the minority business did not provide the written
certification.
Signature
Date
(Company Representative Name)
Sworn and subscribed before me this
day.
of
in the year
Notary Public
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reviewed and accepted by the
Liaison.
County Board of Education MBE
(County Name)
Signature
Date
(County Representative Name)
MBE Request For Waiver Master Form (July 2002)
June 2008
F-2
CERTIFIED MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION
STANDARD MONTHLY CONTRACTOR'S REQUISITION FOR PAYMENT
LEA:
FACILITY NAME:
DATE:
PSC NO:
SCOPE OF WORK:
REQ NO:
Name of MBE
Sub-Contractor
MDOT
Certification
Number and
Classification
TOTAL:
TOTAL MBE
Contract
Amount
$
-
Amount to be
Paid THIS
Requisition
TOTAL Paid
to Date
$
$
-
MBE has
Received
FINAL
Payment?
IAC/PSCP Form 306.4
Page 3 of 16
If amount paid is
LESS than TOTAL
MBE Contract Amount,
EXPLAIN VARIANCE
-
MDOT Certification Number and Classification can be located at http://mbe.state.mdot.state.md.us/directory/
MBE Classification:
African American = AA
Hispanic American = H
Native American = N
Asian American = A
Women = W
African American/Women = AAW
Hispanic American/Women = HW
Native American/Women = NW
Asian American/Women = AW
I certify that the figures and information presented above represent accurate and true statements, that timely
payments have been and will be made to suppliers and subcontractors on this project as requisitioned payments
are received, and in accordance with our contracts.
Name of Contractor Firm
Authorized Contractor Signature/Date
Contractor Federal Tax ID #
Contractor MBE Classification # (if applicable)
Revised March 2013
CERTIFIED MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION
STANDARD MONTHLY CONTRACTOR'S REQUISITION FOR PAYMENT
Name of LEA MBE Liaison (Printed)
IAC/PSCP Form 306.4
Page 3 of 16
Signature of LEA MBE Liaison/Date
Instructions for Completion of IAC/PSCP Form 306.4 Page 3
THIS FORM TO BE COMPLETED BY PRIME CONTRACTOR ONLY
1. LEA – Enter full name of LEA.
2. Facility Name – Enter full name of school/facility.
3. Scope of Work – Enter type of work being performed (i.e. New, Renovation, Roof, HVAC, ASP – Flooring, QZAB – Media
Center, etc.).
4. Date – Date of Requisition.
5. PSC NO – Enter full PSC Number as assigned by PSCP.
6. REQ NO – Enter the number of the corresponding Requisition for Payment.
7. Name of MBE Sub-Contractor – Enter full name of MBE Sub-Contractor.
8. MDOT Certification Number & Classification – Enter the 5 digit MDOT Certification number and corresponding MDOT
Classification for each MBE Sub-Contractor. MDOT Classifications and the MDOT website are listed at the bottom of
this form.
9. TOTAL MBE Contract Amount – Enter ORIGINAL Total MBE Contract Amount as stated on MBE Attachments B and D.
This amount should NOT be altered with change order amounts, changes to scope of work, etc. which may affect contract
amount.
10. Amount to be Paid This Requisition – Enter the amount to be paid to the MBE Sub-Contractor for work applicable to this
requisition.
11. TOTAL Paid to Date – Enter the TOTAL amount paid to date to the MBE Sub-Contractor – this amount should NOT
include the amount being paid on this requisition, only the total of prior payments.
12. MBE has Received FINAL Payment – Enter “YES” if the MBE Sub-Contractor has been paid in full. Enter “NO” if the
MBE Sub-Contractor has NOT been paid in full.
13. If amount paid is LESS than TOTAL MBE Contract Amount, EXPLAIN VARIANCE – Enter a brief reason for the MBE
Sub-Contractor NOT being paid equal to or greater than the ORIGINAL Total MBE Contract Amount as stated on this form
and MBE Attachments B & D. Additional documentation may be required to be submitted for variance explanations.
14. Name of Contractor Firm – Enter full name of Prime Contractor.
15. Authorized Contractor Signature/Date – The authorized individual employed by the Prime Contractor who filled this
form out should date and sign here.
16. Contractor Federal Tax ID # – Enter the Federal Tax ID Number of the Prime Contractor.
17. Contractor MBE Classification # - Enter the MDOT MBE Classification Number if the Prime Contractor is a MDOT
certified MBE Company.
18. Name of LEA MBE Liaison – PRINT the name of the LEA MBE Liaison (or other LEA authorized employee) responsible
for VERIFYING ALL INFORMATION filled out by the Prime Contractor on this form.
19. Signature of LEA MBE Liaison/Date – Signature of the person VERIFYING ALL INFORMATION filled out by the Prime
Contractor on this form (signature of person stated in Step #18.)
Revised March 2013
STATE ATTACHMENT H
Attachment 8 to A.P. 7419
IAC/PSCP FORM 306.6
CLOSE-OUT COST SUMMARY
LEA:
DATE:
SCHOOL NAME:
PSC # :
Public School Construction
Local and Other
Allocation:
Cash Disbursements:
Approved
Contracts
Expenditures
Approved
Contracts
Balance
Expenditures
Total
Expenditures
Construction
$0
.
A/E
$0
$0
Related Costs
$0
$0
Total
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
I hereby certify that the data shown hereon is correct and request this project be closed.
Signature of LEA Representative
FOR STATE USE ONLY
ADJUSTMENTS:
Allocation:
Cash:
Initials
Date
AUDIT COMMENTS:
Initials
Date
June 2008
H-1
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
TOTAL ROOFING REPLACEMENT
AT
C. ELIZABETH RIEG
REGIONAL SCHOOL
PSC 16.041.14 SR
FOR
THE BOARD OF EDUCATION OF
PRINCE GEORGE‟S COUNTY
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SPECIFICATIONS
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION
0
INFORMATION FOR
BIDDERS
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
TABLE OF CONTENTS –
C. ELIZABETH RIEG REGINAL SCHOOL
TOTAL ROOFING REPLACEMENT
DIVISION 0 –
00800 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART 1 – GENERAL
PART 2 – NOTES AND EXCLUSIONS
PART 3 – SUBMITTALS
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 SUMMARY OF WORK – DIVISION OF WORK
PART 1- SCOPE OF ROOF WORK
PART 2- PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS
01027 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PART 1- INVOICES
PART 2- PAYMENT
01030 ALTERNATES
ALT – 1
ALT – 2
ALT – 3
ALT – 4
ALT – 5
Replace Selected Power Rooftop Ventilators (County funding only)
Gymnasium Clearstory Translucent Wall Panel Replacement
Main Entrance Metal Canopy Replacement
Install up to 2,000 sq. ft. of tectum decking as needed
Install up to1,400 lbs. of Pyrofil for decking
01060 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ASBESTOS RELATED ACTIVITIES
01400 QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1- PENALTIES
PART 2- PRE-ROOFING CONFERENCE ITEMS, LOGISTICAL INFORMATION AND
PROCEDURES
PART 3- LEAK RESPONSIBILITIES ON OLD MEMBRANE
PART 4- BUILT-UP ROOF WARRANTY AND REPAIRS
01770 ROOFING REPLACEMENT CLOSE OUT PROCEDURES
DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE
03301 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03400 PRE-CAST CONCRETE SPLASH BLOCKS
DIVISION 6 – CARPENTRY_
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 7 – THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
07411A ALUMINUM STANDING-SEAM ROOFING
07411B ALUMINUM STANDING-SEAM FASCIA PANELS
07511 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING, TRIM, AND ROOF DRAINAGE ACCESSORIES
07710 MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALITIES
DIVISION 8 – WINDOWS AND DOORS
08950 - REPLACEMENT INSULATED TRANSLUCENT FIBERGLASS SANDWICH
WALL PANEL SYSTEM
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
10538 - CANOPIES
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL
15010 GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS
15838 POWER ROOFTOP VENTILATORS
DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL
16110 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS
16120 EXISTING CONDITIONS
16310 GROUNDING
16420 DISCONNECTS
CHAPTER VII STANDARDS FOR NEW
ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, RE-ROOFING
CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM
GAURANTEE REQUIREMENTS
From: State of Maryland Department of General Services
Office of Facilities Planning, Design and Construction
Project Management and Design Division
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 00800 – SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 Drawings:
Drawings are provided to the contractors for informational purposes. Bidders must verify these
documents prior to their bid submittal. Bidders must field verify all existing conditions, dimensions,
situations, and details which will be encountered during the construction process. Drawings will
detail type and quality of workmanship/installation that is required on these jobs but may not show all
elevation levels, such as nailers or dimensions of metal or other details. The contractor remains
responsible for all means, methods, sequencing, details, and job coordination issues.
A Prior to bidding, obtain a copy of the contract drawings and specifications, as designed and
required for construction on this project. A CD containing Contract Drawings and Specifications may
be purchased via company check for $25.00 from the Department of Capital Programs. To purchase
drawings contact:
Mr. Pershey Drayton
Department of Capital Programs
Phone: 301- 952-6615
1. CD‟s must be ordered (24) hours in advance.
2. To order use the following project reference: “C. ELIZABETH RIEG REGIONAL SCHOOL
ROOFING REPLACEMENT - PSC 16.041.14 SR”
1.2 Interpretation of Bid/Construction Documents:
Should any bidder be in doubt as to the meaning of the drawings, specifications, or should they
find any discrepancy or omission, he/she shall notify the Board's representative in writing. The
Board will not be responsible for any oral or telephone explanation or interpretation. Any
omission or error discovered in the contract documents does not relieve the contractor of his/her
responsibility or obligation to provide and install in a workmanlike manner, any item or items
found to be omitted from said contract documents, or correct said errors in the field, so as to meet
the requirements of this contract and the manufacturer, however they are interpreted by the
Director of the Department of Capital Programs or their designee.
1.3 Qualification of Bidders:
Any bidder that is not the actual installer will be required to inform the BOARD of the
roofing contractor they intend to use at the time of bid submittal.
The Board's representative reserves the right to award the contract to the lowest bidder who, upon
investigation, proves to be competent and qualified. These qualities include financial
responsibility, past performance, and the ability to carry out the contract obligations and complete
the work that has been specified or required to complete this construction project. The Board's
representative reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informalities at his sole
discretion. Fill out the proposal page on bidders.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
1.4 The roofing system shall be installed by a single roofing contractor, duly licensed and regularly
engaged in the installation of the manufacturer‟s roofing systems, using only experienced workers.
The bonded contractor shall be responsible for performing the actual roof work.
1.5 Additional qualifications for the roofing contractor: He/she shall have a minimum of ten (10)
years experience, experience in installing built-up asphalt roof systems similar to that required for
this project (size and difficulty) and who is acceptable to the manufacturer of the guaranteed roof
system.
A. Additional roofing manufacturer requirements: Roofer shall have had "NDL" approval from
roofing manufacturer in this area for at least five (5) years, and shall have performed a
minimum of six (6) manufacturer guarantees in the past twelve (12) calendar months.
1.6 All contractors and subcontractors shall establish the necessary liaison with the project
superintendent to ensure compliance with the applicable requirements, proper sequencing, and
protection of the project on a continuing basis.
1.7 The contractor shall coordinate with school officials, the daily shutdown or protection of any
HVAC unit intake areas in or adjacent to the work site which could possibly be affected by
construction fumes, odors or airborne debris.
1.8 The roofing contractor must have a permanent staffed office, warehouse with supplies, and
permanent roofing crews available within a 40-mile radius of Upper Marlboro, Maryland, in order
to be considered as a responsible bidder on Prince George's County Public Schools roofing work.
1.9 The Contractor will be familiar with the State of Maryland Department of General
Services Procedure Manual for Professional Services - Chapter VII - “Standards For new
Roofing Construction and Roofing System Guarantee Requirements.” Portions of the State of
Maryland DGS Procedure manual are provided (after Specification Division 16) to inform
Contractors of general roofing and re-roofing guidelines and requirements set forth by the
State of Maryland DGS for State funded projects that include roofing. PGCPS roofing
specifications are based on the State of Maryland requirements
1.10 A 6‟ x 8‟ State approved construction sign is mandatory for this project. See Drawing
Cover Sheet for sign illustration. State approved construction signs may be purchased through:
Maryland Correctional Enterprises (MCE)
MCE Sign Plant
C/O Patuxent Institution
Attn: Charles Behnke, Plant Manager
7555 Waterloo Road
Jessup, MD 20794
Phone: 410-799-5102, or 410-799-5103
Fax: 410-799-7911
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 2– NOTES AND EXCLUSIONS
2.1 In case of catastrophic roof deck failure, the Board will assist with moving all interior items, as
required, other than desks and chairs. The contractor is still required to protect the interior
contents.
2.2
The Contractor shall provide temporary safety fencing around material and equipment storage. The
Board is not responsible for the contractor's losses due to damage or theft. Store combustible
materials away from the building in order to minimize potential Fire Hazards.
2.3 The Board will furnish any additional as-built structural and architectural drawings as required.
Electrical permit and regulatory inspection, including associated fees, are the responsibility of the
electrical contractor.
2.4 No allowance is to be included or is billable for delays due to required asbestos abatement
performed by others.
2.5 Contractor is to retain primary responsibility for all means, methods, sequencing and
coordination of construction issues.
2.6 Contractor shall make necessary provisions to prevent damage to all related equipment, materials
and contents during the roof replacement process. Contractor assumes responsibility for any
damage caused directly or indirectly while performing work specified under this contract. Protect
all electric and utility lines.
2.7 The building will be occupied and in use during construction. Take all necessary precautions to
create as little disturbance or disruption to the building and its occupants as possible during the
work. Provide any necessary temporary warning lines, barriers, guards, and protection above
doorways and walkways in the applicable construction areas. Take precautions to limit asphalt
fumes from entering the building at all times including via HVAC units.
2.8 The proposed location(s) of tankers, vehicles, and refuse containers shall be coordinated and
approved by the Board. The use of asphalt kettles will not be allowed at any time during the
course of this project.
A. Asphalt tankers must be in good working order and able to maintain the proper performance
temperatures. The Board reserves the right to have any defective or non-properly functioning
equipment removed from the premises by the contractor.
B. Refer to Section 01400 for further tanker information and specific requirements.
C. Asphalt tankers must not be stored on Board property overnight.
2.9 The contractor must provide daily water protection. Nightly tie-offs are to be made as the
industry standard and as required by the Board. A minimum two (2) plies of Type VI roofing
materials that is specified for this roof system will be installed and glazed coated in place. The
roof under no circumstance will be left open at night. Chip back ballast at least two (2) feet for
the tie-in; tie-offs will be straight and fairly uniform to receive the insulation and built-up roof
system. Expansion joints and other penetrations will be tied off with roofing felts and glaze
coated with roof cement. The nightly tie-offs will be removed and disposed of the next "roofing"
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
day for installation of the roof system. Tarps or other waterproof material that are not permanently
attached via nails, asphalt and roof cement are not acceptable due to possible blow-offs.
The contractor is totally responsible for water damage to the building, the contents, and to
the new roof system. See Section 01400 for additional penalties.
2.10 Daily tear off of the old roof system will be limited to that size area that can reasonably have the
new B.U.R. felt system installed and made permanently watertight. See Section 01400 for
penalties.
2.11 Fasteners, such as Olympic, Buildex, Rawl, Tubeloc, etc., are to be used on this job. The
fastener used will vary with the type of deck and what is to be fastened. The contractor is to use
the appropriate fastener, as needed, to perform the work required, specified, or as the job
requires. This includes the entire roof system which includes, but is not limited to, the base
sheet, insulation, wood nailers, flashings or metal roof details. Coordinate selection of fasteners
with manufacturer's representatives.
The contractor will have a variety of fasteners on hand at the site for use by the construction
crew to install the roof system. This variety of fasteners is in addition to the known fasteners
needed for the project. The cost of all fasteners is to be included in the base bid, and there will be
no change orders for the use of any fastener or for fasteners that have to be substituted for ones
that may have been specified.
2.12 Cleanup - Additional information:
A. In addition to what is specified and what is the industry standard, use Citronella or orange
cleaner to remove asphalt from metalwork.
B. No gasoline or petroleum product will be allowed in cleaning operations.
C. Daily cleanup is required to keep the job site presentable. In addition, a magnet should be
run over areas to pick up nails and other fasteners on a daily basis. Where aluminum or
non-magnetic nails and fasteners are involved, visual removal will be required.
D. Control debris from the roof construction. Also, the trash dumpsters and trailers will be
in good condition with no holes or deficiencies.
2.13 Penalties And Documentation of Poor Performance (In addition to losses of property and
contents)
A. In addition to monetary fines, the Board's representative(s) will request the contract
administrator to contact the appropriate bonding and insurance companies to advise them of
construction deficiencies and advise their companies of potential liability losses due to work
practices of the contractor. The contract administrator will also be requested to remove that
contractor from all future invitations for bid.
B. Work in progress will be observed by members of the PGCPS Roofing Shop including the
Master Foreman, Crew Foremen, and Planner as well as Department of Capital Programs
Construction and Design personnel. All substandard or shoddy work will be photo
documented
and shall be shared with the Director of Building Services, the Director of Capital Programs,
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
the Director of the Purchasing Department, the Roofing Manufacturer, the Consulting
Architect and the Board of Education if deemed necessary. This includes the inability to
perform per contract specifications. Written documentation will augment the photo
documentation. The documentation will be used to prevent poorly performing contractors
from future bidding on both renovation and new construction projects.
C. All substitutions for specified materials and methods will be documented as intentional, as
this contract clearly states that there will be no substitutions. Non- familiarity and noncompliance with the terms of the contract and specifications will be considered as intentional
on the part of the contractor. For example if the contractor‟s forces are installing new metal
cap without first applying ice & water shield membrane to all wood components being
covered, it will be noted as an intentional omission. If stainless steel fasteners are substituted
with galvanized fasteners for use with treated lumber, it will be documented as intentional
shortcutting. It should be understood on the part of the contractor that these projects are tax
funded and any attempt at short-cutting or providing inferior products and service will be
considered as intentionally shorting the taxpayer. The burden of proof to the contrary will fall
to the Contractor.
D. Non compliance with State mandated wage requirements will likewise be considered
intentional shorting and will be documented and reported to the State of Maryland for further
action and determinations.
2.14 The N. R. C. A. guidelines and details are a compilation of some of the working conditions and
details that are encountered in the construction of roof systems. Roofing practices, as deemed by
or determined by the Board's representative as not being a good roofing practice, will be stopped;
and changes will be made and then adhered to as modified, at no expense to the Board of
Education.
2.15 The specifications and job descriptions are very detailed and specific to each individual
project. Do not assume that this document has typographical errors or that the contract
requirements can be ignored if they are more stringent than the requirements of the manufacturer,
the N. R. C. A., or the S.M.A.C.N.A.
2.16 The Contractor is to take all reasonable precautions required to prevent the infiltration of asphalt
odors from entering the building. The Board's Safety Officer or Environmental Officer retains
final authority in halting unsafe work practices.
2.17 No torches will be allowed on this roof project unless pre-approved by the Board's
representative on a rare case-by-case basis.
2.18 Storage of insulation and the Sani-Johns will be away from the building, due to possible fire
or vandalism. Seek approval for location.
2.19 The Board also has a policy that prohibits roof construction activities from being performed on
certain days throughout the year. This list of days is not complete, and each individual school
may have additional days that will prevent work from being conducted. In addition to scheduled
holidays, non-roofing days will include (not all inclusive): Additional days not mentioned, which
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
the school and the Board's representatives deem necessary to conduct school activities. (A school
calendar and an overall Board calendar will be provided upon request.)
Primary Election Day
Election Day
MSPAP Functional Testing
SAT Type Testing
Graduation Ceremonies
First Week of School
2.20 Asphalt fume odor is a concern. Contractors must identify areas that may collect or allow
odors to enter the building. Therefore, locate the tanker in the best location to reduce odors. On
a daily basis, plastic must be installed over air intakes of the building in the areas where the
contractor is working.
PART 3 – SUBMITTALS
3.1 Required Manufacturer‟s and Contractor‟s material and performance
Guarantees and Warranties as well as the required Total System NDL Roof Guarantee from one
of the approved manufacturer‟s at time of bid.
3.2 Required Standing-Seam Roofing Weather Tightness Warranty from one of the approved
manufacturer‟s at time of bid.
3.3 Manufacturer's current specifications, installation recommendations, and related literature. JM,
TREMCO, SR Products, Firestone
3.4 Shop drawings, if required, outlining roof plans, profiles, forming details, and trim flashing.
Show details of weatherproofing at all edges and penetrations.
3.5 If the roofing project includes slope improvement with tapered insulation, The Manufacturer’s
tapered insulation plans must conform to the Project Architect’s tapered insulation design. The
manufacturer’s drawing should indicate the components required to achieve the Architect’s
design as opposed to a complete re-design of the roof drainage improvement plan approved by
the funding agency. Only the Project Architect can approve changes to the State approved roof
drainage improvement design. Only minor changes due to individual drain location discrepancies
will be entertained. The new roofing is to be installed as bid per pre-approved plans and
specifications. The Manufacturer’s tapered insulation component plan must be approved by the
PGCPS Architect or their designee (Contract Representative). Variations from original insulation
design must be submitted to the State for State approval.
3.6 Biweekly during construction, the contractor shall submit an updated construction schedule to
include a schedule of values, which will show the location and status of the work with respect to
the original schedule and anticipated completion date.
3.7 Any other documentation that may be required elsewhere within the comprehensive
specifications.
END SECTION 00800
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION
1
GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 01010 – SUMMARY OF WORK – DIVISION OF WORK
ITEM NO.
LOCATION
C. Elizabeth Rieg Regional School
15542 Peach Walker Drive
Mitchellville, MD 20716
PART 1 – SCOPE OF ROOF WORK
1.1 General Scope Description:
A. Provide all labor, equipment, fabrication, material, supervision and coordination
necessary, required, or incidental to replacing the existing membrane, flashing, insulation,
nailers, and appurtenances associated with the existing built-up roofing system (base
bid).
B. Provide all labor, equipment, fabrication, material, supervision and coordination
necessary, required, or incidental to replacing the existing metal roofing, wall
caps, flashing, trims, insulation, nailers, and appurtenances associated with the existing
metal roofing system (base bid).
C. Provide all engineering, labor, equipment, fabrication, material, supervision and
coordination necessary, required, or incidental to replacing the existing metal Main
Entrance Canopy with a new pre-engineered, manufactured metal Main Entrance Canopy
( Roof Area O) . See Specification Section 01030 - (Alternate 3).
D. Provide all labor, equipment, fabrication, material, supervision and coordination
necessary, required, or incidental to replacing the existing clearstory translucent wall
panels at the Gymnasium Clearstories (Roof Areas E and G). See Specification Section
01030 - (Alternate 2).
1.2 Construction shall be in accordance with the General Specifications unless otherwise
specified herein. Follow the 2001 Fifth Edition N.R.C.A. guidelines and the current
S.M.A.C.N.A. details unless directly superseded by the Board herein. All materials are to be
new, in good condition and free of defects. The Board remains the sole and final arbitrator as
it relates to clarifications, errors or omissions.
1.3 All of the areas of built-up roofing will be replaced. All of the areas of metal roofing will
be replaced.
1.4 This building is occupied, and work over occupied areas may be restricted to non-school
hours. Work in other areas may be restricted due to deck conditions and to employee work
schedules. Inside cleanup will be required as directed or specified. The contractor shall take
all reasonable precautions to protect the building, its contents and its occupants from undue
disruption or harm.
WORK WILL BE PERFORMED AS NEEDED, ON OFF HOURS AND WEEKENDS.
1.5 Some of the Drains contain ACM. Follow procedures for ACM abatement and disposal.
See Section 01060.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
1.6 The Manufacturer's Representative is to visit the job site three (3) times during construction,
mark any identified deficiencies, and provide the PGCPS Contract Representative with field
reports following each visit. The Manufacturer’s Inspections will be evenly spaced during the
span of the project and will be performed prior to ballasting. Failure to provide timely
manufacturer’s inspections may result in the project being temporarily shut down without
cost to the Board until reports are provided.
1.7 There will be no subcontracting of the actual roof work, per the General Specifications.
Contractors must meet all eligibility requirements.
1.8 BUILT-UP ROOF WARRANTY
A. A manufacturer's twenty (20) year, no dollar limit (NDL) Total system warranty is
required on this project.
B. The warranty is comprehensive and is to include all major material components of the
roofing system. This includes insulation, membranes, asphalt, fasteners and other
construction material required and supplied by the manufacturer of the entire roofing
system.
C. The standing seam-roofing must be covered by a 20 Year Manufacturer‟s
Weatherproof Warranty. A sample standing -seam warranty is included in
Specification Section 07411A.
1. Material not typically supplied by the manufacturer or material specifically required,
such as shop-fabricated metalwork details, are typically excluded to the extent of the
manufacturer's limitations; but, in no way, shall they void the above-referenced
warranty.
D. State of Maryland requirements for standing-seam roofing including
warrantee requirement:
(From CHAPTER VII STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION,
RE-ROOFING CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM GAURANTEE
REQUIREMENTS by State of Maryland Department of General Services
Office of Facilities Planning, Design and Construction Project Management and
Design Division
“2.2 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING SYSTEMS shall be fabricated metal
panel systems from nominal 22 gauge G-90 galvanized steel conforming to ASTM
A446 Grade A and ASTM A525. Alternative panel thickness of 24 gauge or 20
gauge may be considered based on an evaluation of roof framing and purlin spacing.
All standing seams shall be double locked with a seam height no greater than 1½
inches. The system shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Publication A 58.1,
the IBC Chapter 15, and the American Institute of Steel Construction Manual. The
panels shall have a UL Class 120 rating and the structural uniform uplift load
capacity shall be in accordance with ASTM E330. The finish shall be equal to at
least 70% Kynar and shall be tested in accordance with ASTM procedures. The
system shall have a 20 year manufacturer's weatherproof warranty. The Kynar color
finish shall also be covered by a 20 year manufacturer's warranty.”
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
C. Submittals:
1.
2.
Submit sample copy of twenty (20) year manufacturer's (NDL) system warranty.
Submit a letter of certification from the roofing manufacturer that your company is
an authorized installer for NDL warranty purposes for the entire B.U.R. system.
3. Submit sample of standing seam manufacturer‟s 20 year weatherproof warranty.
D. Any twenty year manufacturer‟s warranties that require incremental renewal requests
by the Owner within the 20 year coverage of the warranty are not allowed.
E. The manufacturer's representative is required to make inspections during the roofing
replacement work and to provide a written report of findings to the Board. Refer to
"Scope of Roof Work" for minimum number of required inspections and tasks.
PART 2 – PROCEDURES, INDIVIDUAL ITEMS OF WORK (NOT NECESSARILY IN THE
ORDER LISTED)
2.1 SITE INSPECTION: Prior to bidding, inspect the actual existing roof and site factors that
affect work completion. Make any measurement and necessary field estimates prior to
bidding. Missed items will not constitute cause for change orders.
Contractors are to call a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to site visits to allow time
for inspections to be arranged. Contact the Department of Capital Programs at (301) 9526587.
A. The individual specific procedures or specific work descriptions in this Specification
Section (01010) and the following individual specification sections relating to individual
items or areas of work will take precedence over Specifications in Sections giving
general descriptions of the work or procedure.
B. If a work description does not specify material or specific work requirements to be
provided or performed, the Supplementary General Conditions (00800) and Summary of
Work in this Section will be used as the basis of that work.
C. The Board's representative remains the final arbitrator if clarification or direction is
required herein.
2.2 Remove old roofing membrane, metal roofing, insulation, parapet caps, flashing, etc.,
regularly disposing of rubbish and debris as work progresses. Site cleanup shall be
performed daily. Do not use any Board-owned refuse containers.
2.3 Allow inspection of roof decks by Board of Education representative(s) as each new
section is exposed.
A. There may be areas of bad deck. Bad decking discovered during demolition shall be
replaced as needed. See Alternates 3 and 4 for decking replacement on an as-needed
basis.
2.4 Base Insulation:
A. Built-up roof areas: Provide and install minimum one (1) layer of 2” polisocyanurate and
one layer of 1” Duraboard insulation for a total of 3” of base insulation. Stagger all joints
and seams by at least twelve (12) inches in each direction. Walk in all 4' 0" x 8' 0"
insulation.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
B. Metal roof areas: Provide and install new 2” polyisocyanurate insulation between new
wood nailers installed 24” o.c.
2.5 Install tapered insulation crickets between drains, at roof area perimeters, and low corners as
shown to promote positive drainage. Existing poured gyp crickets may remain if undamaged
by tear-off. Replace damaged existing crickets with new tapered insulation crickets. See
tapered insulation plan A10.
E. Maintain uniform parapet elevations throughout. Small variations in perimeter
elevations caused by addition of nailers to compensate for added insulation are acceptable.
F. Install crickets and tapered insulation as drawn. Install tapered edge strips if used as
as shown.
G. See Note 2.17 regarding application of double aggregate and additional flood coat to
improve any low points encountered after roof slope improvement.
2.6 Install new cant strips as indicated on Drawings.
2.7 Built up Roofing: - Construct new base sheet (1 ply) and a four (4) ply membrane as
prescribed for nail-able (tectum) decks. Use a premium Type VI felt; BROOM all felts
into the asphalt with adequate bleed-out. Bleed-out will typically extend past the outside lap of
each roofing felt.
A. Bleed-out will typically extend past the outside lap of each roofing felt.
B. Felt end laps will extend a minimum of twenty-four (24) inches onto the previous felt.
C. No gang rolling of felts will be allowed. When the roll is stopped for any reason, the roll
will be cut and the felt end embedded in asphalt.
D. The contractor shall mark defects in the membrane system as work progresses. Repairs
to any roofing defect will be made at time of occurrence, when possible, and as each area
of roof is completed. No repairs should be left unfinished after three (3) days or prior to
a major storm system. The Board's representative or the manufacturer's representative
will mark the roof if required. The Board's representative (Roofing Shop) will make the
final determination that the roof is ready for stoning after inspection of the roofing.
E. Repairs to roof defects will follow manufacturer's requirements and by using a full width
portion of roofing felt with the length to be a minimum thirty-six (36) long. One (1) ply
will be the minimum for each layer of felt that is affected by the defect.
F. Any temporary two-ply dry-in systems are not to be considered as a part of the required
four-ply surface membrane system which will still be required.
2.8 Partial flood coating shall be completed by section as work progresses.
2.9 The asphalt will have the additive from Roof Odors Solutions (or equal) added per
manufacturer‟s recommendation to all asphalt to help control fume odors.
2.10 Apply specified aggregate over entire area of B.U.R. roofing following completion of
system and prior approval by the Board‟s representative (Roofing Shop). Aggregate may not
be installed until all manufacturer‟s inspections have been performed. Prior to the
aggregate being applied, call for a field inspection to verify that all roofing system defects
have been repaired and that all appropriate flashings have been installed.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
2.11 In the base bid, include the installation of 2,000 square feet of double application of
aggregate and the installation of 2,000 square feet of ¼” minimum asphalt flood coat with
one (1) additional ply of felt. Install at the direction of the Board‟s representative to
minimize any unanticipated standing water conditions on the roof despite slope
improvements due to low points in the existing deck.
2.12 Install new cant strips as indicated on Drawings.
2.13 Dynakap will be installed in the following additional locations (18" wide):
A. Along all perimeter gravel stops and parapet wall caps.
2.14 Replace all existing expansion joints and install new stainless steel expansion joints.
New expansion joints will be metal cap type (standing seam) with ice & water shield applied
prior to capping.
2.15 Re-flash base curbs, fans, hatches, stacks, all unit ducts, all base flashing, etc. using
DynaKap. Install MBR cement on all joints as a three course system (two 2 thin layers of
cement with fiberglass tape applied between the cement layers).
2.16 Replace lead collars and re-flash all pipe vents. Note vent details at site. Several pipe
vents may need to be extended to the proper height.
2.17 Provide and install new EPDM pipe flashings (boots) with stainless steel drawbands at
all standing-seam roof vent pipe penetrations. See Drawing Detail 5/A7.
2.18 Provide and install new wood nailers throughout as needed or directed for new insulation
including tapered insulation. Use dimensional lumber as specified in Contract Drawing
Details. Lumber may have to be ripped as indicated on drawings to accommodate tapered
insulation systems. Use proper fasteners for each type of deck. Verify adequacy of fasteners
with manufacturer's representative. Install new nailers and blocking at the beginning of the
roof system installation. Use stainless steel fasteners for all pressure treated lumber
installations. Inspectors will document substitutions.
A. On all wood blocking, nailers, sub-fascias, caps, parapets, sheathing, (all wood
details), install a layer of peel and stick ice and water shield prior to cladding.
Inspectors will document omissions.
B. Use stainless steel screws and nails for attachment of all wood blocking and nailers.
Fasteners used on this project must be in compliance with the Buy American Steel
Act, Sections 17-301 to 17-306 Annotated Code of Maryland.
2.19 There may be defective existing wood nailers on this job. In the base bid, include the
replacement of up to 300 board feet of existing PT nailers above what is needed for nailers
for the insulation elevations etc.
2.20 All existing and heater flues and boiler stacks shall receive new stainless steel roof
flanges and storm collars.
2.21 Replace all perimeter wall caps, gutters, fascia and gravel stops, Replace any existing
gravel stops with new factory formed gravel stops. Provide new fascia as shown on
drawings.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
A. New wall caps and fascia will be factory fabricated .040 stucco-embossed aluminum,
with Kynar finish, sierra-tan in color. (standard PGCPS color).
B. For the most part, roof perimeters will consist of new cants, tapered edge strip
if shown, new aluminum parapet caps or fascia as indicated and new aluminum trim as
indicated. See drawing details. All joints and seams must be weather/watertight.
C. Use standing seam connections for wall caps. Wall/parapet caps vary in width from
approximately 9” to 14-1/2” and 16”. Field measure for all perimeter metal
components prior to fabrication.
D. All gravel stop laps will have 2 continuous rows of Butyl non-curing sealant applied
between the two pieces of gravel stop and under cover plates.
2.22 Elevate as needed, parapet walls, expansion joints, roof breaks, etc. to accept
additional insulation and base flashing. Raise fan curbs up thickness of insulation to
obtain a minimum of 12” above roof surface. Use new wood nailers as needed.
2.23 Cap all free standing exterior masonry equipment screen walls with new sierra-tan
aluminum standing-seam caps. Provide new 2x wood blocking if required.
2.24 Remove all non-functional mechanical equipment curbs, caps and penetrations. Install
additional bulb tees to match existing as required and patch roof deck as required.
Verify curbs and penetrations to be eliminated with PGCPS contract representative
prior to proceeding.
2.25 Install DynaTred Plus walk pads. Typically install around roof hatches and go to roof
ladders and equipment, as shown on Drawing Sheet M1. Confirm walkpad locations with
PGCPS Project Manager.
2.26 Replace all existing metal roofing with new aluminum standing-seam roofing panels.
Provide all required trims, flashing and J channels as required. New standing seam
roofing systems shall be weather-tight and pleasing in appearance. All aluminum roofing
components shall be fabricated from .040 stucco-embossed aluminum, sierra-tan with Kynar
finish. All Metal roofing will require a Manufacturer‟s 20 year weather-tightness and finish
warrantee.
A. Existing metal roofing, caps, flashings and trims shall be demolished. Demolish existing
insulation and wood nailers.
B. Install new wood nailers 24” on center and new 2” polyisocyanurate insulation. See
Contract Drawing Details 1-4 on Sheet A6.
C. Provide and install new peel & stick membrane prior to installation of new standing seam
roofing systems.
D. Provide and install new standing seam wall caps and counter flashings and coordinate
installation with new standing seam roofing.
E. Provide and install new chimney flashing. Coordinate new chimney flashing with new
standing seam panels. Use existing chimney flashing and SMACNA as guidelines for
new flashing installation.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
F. Install new snow guard brackets at all standing-seam roof areas. Provide bolt on type
provided by standing-seam roofing manufacturer. Do not use glue on type.
2.27 The existing minimal Entrance Canopy will be demolished and replaced with a new
more substantial pre-engineered metal canopy (Roof Area O) See Specification Sections
01030 „Alternates‟ (Alternate 3) and 10538 „Canopies‟.
A. The replacement canopy will require custom fabrication to meet the existing site
conditions. See Sheet A9 of Contract Drawings for Canopy Design Guideline Details.
B. Installation of the new canopy will require saw cutting and demolition of the existing
walkway and installation of new concrete footings and pier foundations.
C. Both the new metal entrance canopy and the concrete foundations will require
engineering. The Contractor will procure the services of a consulting Registered
Structural Engineer in addition to the canopy Manufacturer‟s Structural Engineer as
required.
D. Installation of the new canopy will require routing of drainage for two new canopy
downspouts out to the driveway. This will require saw-cutting the existing concrete
walkway and curb in order to install new 4” cast iron drain piping and subsequent
patching of the concrete walkway and curb.
E. Provide and install (2) new 6” heavy duty protective bollards to protect canopy columns
nearest the adjoining driveway. See Canopy Section 10538 for bollard specifications.
F. Shop drawings sealed and stamped by the structural engineer must be provided for
approval prior to construction for both the new metal canopy and required concrete
footings which must comply with local code requirements.
G. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all necessary permits and inspections for
the Canopy installation.
H. The Canopy Manufacturer must comply with the Buy American Steel Act, Sections
17-301 to 17-306 Annotated Code of Maryland. Installation hardware must also
comply with this requirement.
2.28 Provide all labor, equipment, fabrication, material, supervision and coordination
necessary, required, or incidental to replacing the existing clearstory translucent wall
panels at the Gymnasium Clearstories (Roof Areas E and G). Existing panels are
approximately 50-1/2”wide x 60” tall. There are 32 panels in all with 16 panels in each row.
Each row of panels is located at one of two Clearstories. See Specification Section 01030 Alternate 2 and Specification Section 08950 . This work will require the
modification (raising) of existing curbs to accommodate new abutting tapered
insulation.
.
2.29 Provide and install new sierra-tan aluminum standing-seam fascia panels at the
Gymnasium Clearstories above the translucent wall panels (Roof Areas E and G). The
new standing-seam wall panels will be continuous (full length of both clearstory walls).
Provide and install new ¾” FRT plywood over existing brick masonry with pin anchors or
other suitable fasteners. Cover plywood with peel and stick membrane prior to cladding
with aluminum. Provide and install all necessary “J” channels, bottom returns, and trim
angles required. See Drawing Detail 2/A7. Coordinate installation with adjoining wall cap
installation.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
2.30 Gutters, Downspouts and Drains.
A. Locate, field verify (size) and replace all drains. Ensure that all leaders and piping are
clear of obstructions and working properly before, during and after start of work.
B. Replace all existing drains with new drains to match existing size, style and profile. Use
new Zurn or Josam Drains with metal strainers.
C. Raise or lower drains to accommodate new insulation level as required.
D. Taper new insulation to drains. Install eight (8) foot sumps, where the location of the
drain permits.
E. Install new lead sheet around the drain.
F. When replacing drains, the drains will be made watertight by either completing the
installation or made temporarily watertight with roof cement and fiberglass cloth.
Drain work is to be performed by the registered and approved plumbing subcontractor.
Under no circumstance is the drain bowl to be left un-flashed. The method of applying
felts over the drain and cutting a hole in the felts over the bowl is not allowed.
G. Install new stainless steel overflow scuppers at roof perimeter as needed and noted on
plans.
H. Provide and install new scupper drains where indicated including stainless steel
overflow scuppers, sierra tan stucco embossed aluminum scupper boxes and
downspouts. Existing stainless steel overflow scuppers at the proper height may remain.
Provide and install new stainless steel splash pans imbedded in asphalt at
downspouts discharging onto roof areas. Provide and install new concrete splash blocks
where needed if downspouts do not discharge into storm drain piping. Existing stainless
steel overflow scuppers at the proper height may remain.
I. If drains are located in areas with plaster or drywall ceilings, install new ceiling
access doors over the opening created to perform the work. Repair soffit areas disturbed
by drain installation in kind.
J. Tie in new drains to existing drain lines or downspouts where possible in all cases per
the applicable plumbing code.
K. Fabricate new downspouts with shop formed sierra-tan aluminum. Replace damaged
or broken cast iron boots with new to match existing. Provide new pre-cast concrete
splash blocks where indicated or required . Provide stainless steel splash pans at all
downspouts discharging onto roof areas. Bed stainless steel splash pans with asphalt.
1. Seal any open or deteriorated wall joints behind downspouts being replaced with new
backer rod and polyurethane sealant prior to installation of new downspouts.
L. All internal or trough style gutters at the sloped metal roof areas will be eliminated.
The existing trough will be reconstructed as shown in Detail 1/A6 and new external
gutters will be installed.
1. Provide and install new stucco embossed sierra-tan aluminum fascia where trough style
gutters have been eliminated. Coordinate installation of new fascia with new standing
seam roofing installation.
M. New gutters shall be 6" fabricated from a minimum .032 sierra tan aluminum to match
new roof perimeter components. Downspouts are to be made from .040 aluminum.
Gutters shall be installed with hidden brackets which are to be installed every 24
inches.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
2.31 All mechanical work shall be performed by a licensed mechanical contractor. All
mechanical work shall be performed with strict adherence to all pertinent codes and
regulations. All mechanical work shall be performed in a manner that causes the least
amount of disruption and shortest service interruption to this facility. Work requiring service
disruptions shall be planned during off hours as much as possible. All service disruptions
must be scheduled in advance Mechanical work performed in a shoddy or substandard
fashion will be photo- documented and may affect future bidding eligibility.
2.32 All existing and new heater flues and pipe stacks shall receive new stainless steel roof
flanges and storm collars.
2.33 The existing exhaust fan curbs will be replaced with new aluminum curbs. The
Mechanical contractor shall perform a site survey to gather all required information for
replacement prior to ordering replacement curbs.
2.34 Provide and install new Power Rooftop Ventilators. See Alternate 1 and Specification
Section 15840.
2.35 The existing gravity vent curbs will be replaced with new aluminum curbs. The
Mechanical Contractor shall perform a site survey to gather all required information for
replacement prior to ordering replacement curbs.
2.36 The existing gravity vents will be replaced with new aluminum gravity vents matching
existing. The Mechanical contractor shall perform a site survey to gather all required
information for replacement prior to ordering replacement gravity vents.
2.37 Provide required labor and materials to disconnect/connect and raise existing electrical
service to all rooftop HVAC equipment as required. Electrical work permits and
inspections are to be included in the base bid to raise ventilators and perform other electrical
work. All electrical work shall be performed by a licensed electrical contractor. All
electrical work shall be performed with strict adherence to all applicable codes and
regulations. All electrical work shall be performed in a manner that causes the least amount
of disruption and shortest service interruption to this facility. Work requiring service
disruptions shall be planned during off hours as much as possible. All service disruptions
must be scheduled in advance. See electrical Sections 16110, 16120, 16310, and 16420.
Electrical work performed in a shoddy or substandard fashion will be photo-documented
and may affect future bidding eligibility.
2.38 Remove and replace all existing perimeter light fixtures, light fixture supports and other
electrical components as needed to install perimeter roof components and replace after roof
component installation. Match or exceed original installation.
2.39 If the existing rooftop antennas are still functional, leave in place or remove and re-install
as needed. Remove abandoned antennae or antennae pitch pockets that are no longer in
use. Confirm status of antennae with the Board‟s Representative. Secure any related residual
piping on the inside of the building.
2.40 The (2) existing heavy duty Bilco roof hatches are to remain Provide and install (2) new
Bilco Ladder-Up-Safety posts at existing roof scuttle ladders. See drawing details 1/A4
and 2A4.
2.41 Provide and install (7) additional new aluminum roof ladders for improved roof area access
as indicated on drawings. Replace (3) existing steel roof ladders with new aluminum roof
ladders. A total of 10 new ladders will be provided and installed.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
2.42 Control debris from the roof construction. Also, the trash dumpsters and trailers will be
in good condition with no holes or deficiencies.
2.43 Avoid transit, stocking or working on roof not affected by this contract. Avoid traffic
and stocking on completed roof areas.
2.44 Provide temporary toilet facilities for the workers, as access into the building will be
prohibited.
END SECTION 01010
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 01027 – APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - INVOICES
A. Upon completion of job installation, the contractor must submit with the invoice all guarantees
listed in paragraph XII. See Paragraph XII, "Guarantee" (INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS SECTION I) for additional information.
B. Invoices must be submitted in DUPLICATE to the BOARD OF EDUCATION OF PRINCE
GEORGE'S COUNTY, OFFICE OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS, 13300 OLD MARLBORO
PIKE, UPPER MARLBORO, MARYLAND 20772-9983, and contain the following information:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
purchase order number
school name and address
item number
item description
total amount of invoice
job completion date.
PART 2 - PAYMENT
A. Based upon Application for Payment submitted to the DEPARTMENT OF CAPITAL
PROGRAMS and Certificate for Payment issued by the DIRECTOR OF THE DEPARTMENT OF
CAPITAL PROGRAMS the BOARD shall make progress payments on account of the Contract
Sum to the contractor as provided in the Conditions of the Contract as follows:
1. On or about the first day of each month, ninety percent of the proportion of the Contract
Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipment incorporated in the work, and
ninety percent of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and
equipment suitably stored at the site; or at some other location agreed upon in writing by the
parties, up to ten days prior to the date on which the Application for Payment is submitted,
less the aggregate of previous payments in each case. Provided an Application for Payment
is received not later than the first day of the month, the BOARD shall make payment to the
Contractor not later than the thirtieth day of the same month. If an Application for Payment
is received after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the BOARD
not later than the fifteenth day of the following month. Then upon substantial completion of
the entire work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to ninety percent of the
Contract Sum, shall be paid, less such retainages as the DIRECTOR OF THE
DEPARTMENT OF CAPITAL PROGRAMS shall determine for all incomplete work and
unsettled claims.
B. Each request for progress payment shall be prepared on the printed form sheet entitled
"Application and Certificate for Payment, AIA Document G702, May 1983 edition.
C. Final payment shall be made upon completion and acceptance of the total job and upon
submission of proper invoices supported by appropriate guarantees. Copies of consent of
Surety Company for Final Payment, AIA Document G707, and release of liens from all
subcontractors and vendors shall be submitted with the requisition for final payment and
shall act as a release to the BOARD of all claims and of all liability to the contractor.
However, final payment shall not act to relieve the contractor from any obligation under
the contract.
END SECTION 01027
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 01030 – ALTERNATES
Alternate 1. Provide all materials, equipment, labor, supervision and other incidentals to remove and
replace with new, all existing power rooftop ventilators. Provide all required electrical
connections per NEC. The intent of this project is to replace all power rooftop
ventilators 20 years old and older in the contract roof area. See section 15838 POWER ROOFTOP VENTILATORS for selected PRV replacement schedule.
Alternate 2. Provide all labor, equipment, fabrication, material, supervision and coordination
necessary, required, or incidental to replacing the existing clearstory translucent wall
panels at the Gymnasium Clearstories. See Specification Section 08950 . This
work includes:
2.1 Demolition and removal of existing translucent wall panels and panel frame system
at two clearstories (2 rows of panels). Existing panels are approximately 50-1/2”
wide x 60” tall. There are 32 panels in all with 16 panels in each row. Each row
of panels is located at one of two Clearstories.
2.2 Raising of exist wall panel opening curb to allow installation of roof crickets to
improve drainage and provision and installation of new stainless steel curb flashing.
Work will include provision of new sierra-tan aluminum interior trim to cover new
wood blocking where curbs have been raised .
2.3 Provision and installation of new re-sized translucent wall panels including new
aluminum frame components.
Alternate 3. Replace the existing minimal metal Main Entrance Canopy with a more substantial.
Pre-engineered Metal Main Entrance canopy. Include demolition and removal of existing
metal canopy. See Specification Section 10538 CANOPIES for new pre-engineered canopy
requirements. See Contract Drawing Sheet A8 for canopy design details.
3.1 The replacement canopy will require custom fabrication to meet the existing site
conditions. See Sheet A8 of Contract Drawings for Canopy Design Guideline Details.
3.2 Installation of the new canopy will require saw cutting and demolition of the existing
walkway and installation of new concrete footings and pier foundations.
3.3 Both the new metal entrance canopy and the new concrete foundations will require
engineering. The Contractor will procure the services of a consulting Registered
Structural Engineer in addition to the Canopy Manufacturer‟s Structural Engineer as
required to specify foundation requirements.
3.4 Installation of the new canopy will require routing of drainage for two new canopy
downspouts out to the driveway. This will require saw-cutting the existing concrete
walkway and curb in order to install new 4” cast iron drain piping and subsequent
patching of the concrete walkway and curb.
3.5 Provide and install (2) new 6” heavy duty protective bollards to protect canopy columns
nearest the adjoining driveway. See Canopy Section 10538 for bollard specifications.
3.6 Shop drawings sealed and stamped by the Structural Engineer(s) must be submitted
for approval prior to ordering the canopy and prior to construction for both the new metal
canopy and new concrete footings which must comply with all local code requirements.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
3.7 The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all necessary permits and inspections for
The new canopy installation.
Alternate 4. Provide and install up to 2,000 square feet of 3-1/2” tectum decking to replace defective
Roof deck as needed. The unit price per square foot will be determined by division of the
Total alternate price. Do not over-order. Obtain permission from the Board‟s
Representative. Use of material shall be restricted only to that amount authorized by
the Board‟s Representative as needed.
Alternate 5. Install up to 1,400 lbs of Gold Bond Pyrofil as needed with needed decking replacement.
END OF SECTION 01030 – ALTERNATES
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 01060 – SPECIFICATIONS FOR ASBESTOS RELATED ACTIVITIES
1. Scope of Work
a. The contractor is to provide all labor, materials, supervision, permits and all other
incidentals required . Remove asbestos-containing material from the roof drains.
(1) The relative ACCT work must be performed by a licensed asbestos abatement
contractor as described in these specifications.
b. The contractor shall provide the complete isolation of the work area(s), as needed, and for
the total cleaning and decontamination of the area(s) such that no airborne or residual
asbestos remains in accordance with the applicable regulatory provisions. The contractor
shall be responsible for the proper storage, transportation and disposal of asbestos waste.
c. The contractor is to retain primary responsibility for all means, methods, sequencing and
coordination during the asbestos abatement phase. The contractor shall communicate
with the general contractor in order to secure access to power, water, telephone and other
utilities as part of the base bid.
2. Regulations
a. All work must comply with all applicable Federal, State and County regulations. Work
performed in this building falls within the regulatory authority of the Asbestos Hazard
Emergency Response Act (A.H.E.R.A.). All workers and supervisors are required to be
A.H.E.R.A. certified.
b. The contractor must be licensed under the Maryland COMAR Regulations pertaining to
asbestos removal. All employees performing work on this project must have received
training per the COMAR Regulations (26.11.21) and have photo identification.
c. The successful bidder shall ensure that an Abatement Supervisor (as described in the
A.H.E.R.A. Regulations) is on site at all times during this project. The Supervisor shall
be able to present documentation of all workers certificates.
3. Subcontractors
a. All asbestos abatement to be performed by P.G.C.P.S. Pre-Approved Sub Contractors.
b. The Board can reject an asbestos subcontractor if they can substantiate poor or unsafe
performances from past projects performed by the company. Any additional costs
incurred by the general contractor, as a result of this action being taken, will not be the
responsibility of the Board.
4. Supporting Documents
a. Bidders may need to review construction drawings related to the asbestos removal
project. These plans may not accurately reflect the "as built" or current situation at the
building but are provided for informational purposes only. Bidders must contact the
Board's Environmental Office at (301) 952-6525 to schedule an appointment to review
the plans. The plans may not be removed from the Environmental Office.
5. Site Visit
a. Bidders must ensure that their prospective asbestos abatement subcontractor visits the
building. A site visit can be arranged by contacting the Board's Environmental Office at
(301) 952-6525. No unauthorized visits will be permitted. Records of site visits are
kept. Asbestos abatement subcontractors found not following this requirement can be
rejected by the Board.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 01060 – SPECIFICATIONS FOR ASBESTOS RELATED ACTIVITIES (Continued)
6. Additional Work
a. Any additional work that might be required, which is not provided by these
specifications, will be undertaken as a contract amendment. The contractor shall supply
a written price quote before such additional work can be considered.
7. Unfinished Work
a. If it is established that any ACCT that was temporarily relocated to expose and/or
replace a roof drain was not reinstalled after said work is completed, such work must be
completed by the same contractor who performed the initial task. The ACCT must be
properly reinstalled within forty-eight (48) hours of receiving notification by the Board.
8. Asbestos Activity Plan
a. The contractor must supply, in writing, the method he/she will use when dealing with
the above-mentioned ACM at the preconstruction meeting.
9. Alternative Procedures
a. Procedures described in the specifications are to be used at all times. If the specified
procedures cannot be utilized, the contractor shall provide a written statement to the
Board describing the problems encountered and recommended alternatives. Any
alternative procedures must be approved by the Board and regulatory authorities before
implementation.
10. Monitoring Work Progress
a. The Board's Environmental Office and/or contracted industrial hygienist will monitor
the progress of work. This person(s) shall have the authority to make work-in-progress
inspections at any time and to stop work if, in their opinion, an immediate health threat
exists to the public or to the contractor's employees due to improper work methods or
noncompliance with the specifications or regulations.
b. In situations where job site performance is unsatisfactory, but does not present an
immediate health threat to the public or workers, a written warning will be given to the
contractor. A deadline will be given to correct the referenced situation.
11. Permission to Perform Asbestos Related Activities
a. Prior to the commencement of asbestos related activities, a pre-job meeting will be
scheduled, at which time, the contractor will submit to the Board his/her asbestos
activity plan, the names of employees, and copies of the current training records.
12. Air Testing
a. Ambient and personal air sampling and analyses are the responsibility of the contractor.
Sample collection and analysis must be performed by an independent, accredited
laboratory. The contractor will be responsible for conducting and paying for "personal"
air samples and daily samples of air, both within and outside the work area, during the
course of work. These samples must be analyzed each night, and the contractor shall
not leave the job until receiving a phase contrast microscopy analysis result of less than
.01 fiber/cc.
b. The contractor shall remain responsible for any and all clean-up activities and retesting
costs, should an asbestos release occur.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 01060 – SPECIFICATIONS FOR ASBESTOS RELATED ACTIVITIES (Continued)
13. Damage to the Building
a. Care shall be taken by the contractor not to damage live electrical wiring or active water
piping. Any such damage will be corrected per all relative codes and regulations at the
contractor's expense.
14. Work Schedule
a. All asbestos removal must be completed fourteen (14) calendar days from when the
contractor receives both the notice to proceed and the contract award. The Board will
deduct liquidated damages not to exceed one (1) percent of the total job cost for each
day work exceeds the fourteen (14) calendar day deadline.
15. Submittals
a. All prospective bidders shall submit, within two (2) working days after the apparent low
bidder is notified, a qualification statement. This statement must include:
(1) Owners of the asbestos removal firm, addresses and telephone numbers
(2) A list of five (5) previous asbestos jobs. The list should include names, addresses,
telephone numbers and dates of the jobs
(3) A copy of the asbestos removal firm's valid Maryland license to remove or
encapsulate asbestos
(4) A statement that the contractor has ample equipment and personnel to perform the
work within the time specified
(5) Copies of valid Maryland certificates of all asbestos workers and supervisors who
will be performing abatement activities
(6) The name, address and phone number of the disposal facility
(7) The name, address and phone number of the independent laboratory that the
contractor will employ to analyze air samples
16. Equipment
a. A sufficient quantity of scaffolds, ladders, lifts, equipment, and hand tools shall be
provided by the contractor as needed. Under no circumstances, will the contractor be
allowed to use equipment owned by the Board.
b. The asbestos contractor must arrange and coordinate his/her power, water, telephone,
etc. requirements with the general contractor. All associated work shall be performed
by properly licensed personnel.
17. Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) Handling Procedures
a. Friable Material
(1) When exposing the roof drains, the contractor shall safely move the ACCT over
onto existing tiles to expose the affected area and reinstall the ACCT after the work
is completed.
(a) A detailed plan, relative to sliding the tiles, shall be submitted to the Board for
approval prior to performing the work.
(b) The work must be performed when the building is not fully occupied.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 01060 – SPECIFICATIONS FOR ASBESTOS RELATED ACTIVITIES (Continued)
18. Building Condition (Cleanup)
a. The contractor shall remove all debris (material packaging, lunch bags, soda bottles,
etc.) from the building daily.
b. The contractor is responsible for the disposal of any non-asbestos debris generated
while performing the asbestos removal work phase of the project.
END OF SECTION 01060
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 01400 – QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - PENALTIES (IN ADDITION TO LOSSES OF PROPERTY AND CONTENTS):
1.1 The contractor is responsible for gauging the area that the construction crew can make watertight
before stopping work for the day. If the contractor fails to make the building watertight, even if no
precipitation is forecasted, the contractor will be penalized. The normal work day is considered dawn to
dusk. Having employees on standby or using tarps or other covering mechanisms is not considered to be
acceptable as providing water protection.
A. A minimum $1,000 penalty will be deducted from the final payment per incidence per day, and a
per-day maximum deduction of two (2) percent of the value of the roof system in a defined area
of roof. The finite area of roof will include all areas of roof that would be classified as separated
from the next area of roof. An area of roof is also defined as an area by itself that can have a
manufacturer's N.D.L. roof warranty. This does not relieve the contractor of potential losses to
the building and property or the possibility, at no additional cost to the Board, to replace any and
all parts of the roof system that had water entering the new roof system. The contractor will also
have to pay for any custodial or other labor supplied by the Board or others required to facilitate
cleanup activities. If the roof has not been made watertight at night and precipitation occurs, the
Board may, at its discretion and choosing, retain an independent consultant to provide infrared, or
other moisture sensing tests, to determine the limits of moisture damage to the roof system and to
set the area of roof to be removed and replaced. The cost of this service will be directly deducted
from the value of the contract. These penalties are not subject to arbitration for any reason.
B. In addition to monetary fines, the Board's representative(s) will request the contract administrator
to contact the appropriate bonding and insurance companies to advise them of construction
deficiencies and advise their companies of potential liability losses due to work practices of the
contractor. The contract administrator will also be requested to remove that contractor from all
future invitations for bid.
1.2 The contractor is responsible to adhere to the performance specifications and to follow good roofing
practices. If the contractor fails to comply to either good roofing practices or to specifically specified
procedures, the contractor will be given notice to follow verbal and written instructions to adhere to the
specifications. The penalty for disregarding the Board's representative will be $1,000.00 per day per
type of infraction; for example, using a drop spreader and not mopping all plies, overloading the roof,
gang rolling, not removing tanker nightly, or not supplying asphalt by tanker, etc.
Failure to comply to these specifications and after the second penalty assessment, the Board's
representative will request that the Purchasing Department notify the contractor's bonding
company.
Failure to provide materials as specified and required will result in a heavy penalty. The bid
specifications were designed and specified for each project. DO NOT REQUEST TO
SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS.
A. Material substitution is unacceptable. The product will have to be removed and replaced at no
cost to the BOARD.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 1 - PENALTIES (Continued):
B. If the BOARD deems that it is detrimental to the entire roof system or structure to remove the
Offending portion of the materials, the BOARD may opt not to pay for the entire roof system
whether the roof system is right or wrong. The BOARD will not arbitrate partial payment for
work done.
C. The Bonding Company will be notified, and they will be requested to complete the job with an
approved contractor.
PART 2– PRE-ROOFING CONFERENCE ITEMS, LOGISTICAL INFORMATION AND
PROCEDURES
2.1 Pre-Roofing Conference: As soon as possible after award of built-up roofing work, the
contractor shall schedule and attend a meeting with the Board's representative and representatives of
other entities directly concerned with the performance of the roofing system. Review the
requirements of contract documents, submittals, status of coordinating work, availability of materials
and installation facilities and proposed installation schedule, requirements for inspections, testing,
certifications, forecasted weather conditions, governing regulations, insurance requirements, and
proposed installation procedures.
A. Safety in operation of the job in progress and equipment is mandatory. The use of unsafe
equipment and tools can result in the job being shut down at the discretion of the Board's
representative until corrected. Contractor is not entitled to reimbursement for time lost due to
unsafe work practices. Contractor is to adhere to all applicable worksite and employee protection
safety provisions promulgated by OSHA and MOSH.
B. DO NOT set up in front of doors without permission. Cordon off doorways when working
overhead. Coordinate such activities with the Board's representative prior to undertaking such
actions. Provide overhead fall protection as required or directed.
C. Contain your debris to avoid causing injury. Grounds shall be routinely policed to avoid such
occurrences. Use common sense for changing requirements as each day progresses. Do not
dispose of trash or debris in Board owned dumpsters.
D. No torches will be allowed on this roof project unless preapproved by the Board's representative
on a case-by-case basis.
E. There will be no open or contained burning of waste or construction material on site for any
purpose.
F. There will be no discharge/disposal of volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into the drainage
system.
G. Do not store roof insulation or Sani-Johns up against the building.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 2 (Continued)
H. NOTE: Materials stored on the job are to be on raised pallets and covered with waterproof
coverings to ensure no possibility of significant moisture pickup. The contractor is responsible for
material damaged by moisture, acts of vandalism or theft.
1. The use of polyethylene sheeting is prohibited.
2. Cover all roofing products with additional opaque tarps.
3. Do not concentrate materials in one spot and overload the roof. Palletized materials will not
be stacked double on the roof. By weight, less than 40 pounds per square foot is permissible.
Care should also be taken when placing aggregate on the roof.
4. Store spools of felt or other sheet materials on end.
2.2 The built-up roofing shall be applied in strict accordance with Board of Education
representative's instructions, specifications equaling or exceeding manufacturer's specifications, and nonconflicting recommendations of the N.R.C.A. For example, it is required that all felts and base flashings be
installed with hot asphalt and not roof cement as a manufacturer may allow on minor repairs or touch-ups
for punch list items.
NOTE: Under no circumstances will the contractor perform work that renders either his/her, or that of
the manufacturer's, guarantee invalid.
Construction will be based on the minimum uplift standards set by Factory Mutual required to obtain
a Class I-120 rating on each differing roof deck type.
2.3 The tear off and replacement of any roof will start from the farthest point away from the set-up and
disposal area. This staging area for one or more sections of the roof may be identified on the drawing or
specifications and will be adhered to unless permission is given by the Board's representative. The staging
area, if identified, will normally be for one defined roof area.
2.4 Protection to the building will be carried out by several methods. Tarps will be used to protect the
building at all points of debris throw off and where asphalt is pumped onto the roof.
A. In addition to tarps and where required, scaffolding with debris chute will be used. Install a
temporary fence around the scaffold to limit access to it or to the building by trespassers. A
plywood layer and scaffold boards will be laid down under the scaffold if sections are placed on
the roof or where excessive damage to the grounds could occur. The Board may require that a one
(1) inch thick, high-density insulation board be placed between the plywood and roof deck in order
to protect existing or new roof areas which must be trafficked.
B. Contractor shall make necessary provisions to prevent damage to all related equipment, materials
and contents during the roof replacement process. Contractor assumes responsibility for any and
all damage caused directly, or indirectly, from their actions, or inactions, while performing work
specified under this contract.
C. Daily tear-off of the old roof system will be limited to that size area that can reasonably have the
new B.U.R. felt system installed and made permanently watertight. See Section XXVI and
elsewhere for penalties.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 2 (Continued)
D. The contractor must provide daily water protection. Nightly tie-offs are to be made as the industry
standard and as required by the Board. A minimum two (2) plies of Type VI roofing material that
is specified for this roof system will be installed and glazed coated in place. The roof under no
circumstance will be left open at night. Chip back ballast at least two (2) feet for the tie-in; tie-offs
will be straight and fairly uniform to receive the insulation and built-up roof system. Stagger
insulation at tie-off joint. Expansion joints and other penetrations will be tied off with roofing
felts glaze coated and with roof cement.
E. The nightly tie-off will be removed and disposed of the next "roofing" day for installation of the
roof system. Tarps or other waterproof material that are not permanently attached via nails,
asphalt and roof cement are not acceptable due to possible blow-offs.
F. Nightly tie-offs shall be made and located in a manner that will not create trapped water
conditions.
G. The contractor is totally responsible for water damage to the building, the contents and to the new
roof system. If the contractor fails to maintain the weather integrity of the building at all times,
the contractor will be held financially responsible. The contractor shall use every precaution to
preserve this integrity.
2.5 Application of the built-up roof will have all facets of the work coordinated. The general contractor
or his/her subcontractors are required to treat this/these projects as their primary contract job(s). Time
is of the essence. As a section of roof is being worked on, the trades needed to make the roof
watertight will perform their duties, such as installing metal details and drains in a timely fashion.
The contractor is to retain primary responsibility for all means, methods, sequencing and coordination
of construction issues.
2.6 Equipment that is required of the contractor:
A. Tank trucks are required to supply asphalt. No hot kettles will be allowed under ANY
circumstances. Tankers are of great concern and are critical in providing properly maintained
asphalt for this job. Since asphalt degrades from mishandling, overheating and heating too many
times:
1. Tankers must have functioning semi-automatic controls to maintain proper temperatures.
Tankers with semi-automatic controls must be re-fired at least every two (2) hours. The tanker
must have a functioning low asphalt level safety burner shut down control switch. As an
alternative to using a semi-automatic or fully-automatic tanker and low asphalt cut off, the
following must be fulfilled:
a. The contractor must conduct and record asphalt temperature readings throughout the day
at both the tanker and mop cart/buggy on a preapproved chart. Temperatures must be
measured and recorded at the tanker at least every two (2) hours; temperatures must be
measured and recorded at the cart/buggy at least every one (1) hour. The records are to
be maintained on the job site and made available for inspection and copying to the
Board's representative upon request.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 2 (Continued)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
b. In addition to Item (1) above, the tanker should be fired at least once every two (2) hours
in order to maintain a uniform product temperature. An employee shall be present to
oversee the firing of such tanker when the asphalt product reaches the optimum
application or EVT temperature. The recording of such firing shall be maintained on the
referenced chart. In lieu of the low asphalt level cut-off switch, the tanker must carry
enough asphalt product on board to exceed the expected maximum daily usage amount in
order to accommodate safe re-firing of the burners.
c. Tankers must be removed from the job site nightly.
d. Tankers must be of sufficient size to provide asphalt for one day's work but not of such
size that large quantities of asphalt are brought up to the application temperature instead
of at the holding temperature for multiple days.
e. If a tanker goes cold and the contents solidify, this product is no longer acceptable on this
project. he asphalt product must be disposed of properly or used on a non Board of
Education project.
f. If the Board's representative believes that the asphalt has been compromised in quality,
the Board's representative will ask for asphalt samples. These samples will be evaluated
by an independent laboratory. Any cost incurred for testing will be subtracted from the
contract total at the contractor's expense. If the asphalt is found not to be of the grade and
quality required by the manufacturer and by these specifications, a new membrane system
will be installed at the contractor's expense.
Elevator or crane for the stone ballast and material stocking.
Rubber tire equipment to uniformly apply asphalt and stone on areas appropriate for their use.
Truck or trailer to supply stone to the roof as needed. Stone can neither be dumped on the
ground nor stocked on the roof. A small windrow of stone on the roof is acceptable on
already ballasted areas.
Roll-off refuse dumpsters or trucks with tarp covers to contain debris.
Power washer to remove asphalt and other grime on walls and walks.
A metal shop will be used to cut and form all needed non-factory custom details. (Final
adjustments may be made in the field.)
2.7 Inspection will be ongoing during the course of construction. The contractor will monitor his/her own
work and make corrections without having to be requested. A written punch list will be submitted by the
Board's representative and manufacturer as necessary. It is, however, incumbent upon the contractor to
monitor the project and make any/all requisite corrections on an ongoing basis as his/her sole
responsibility.
2.8 Ongoing site cleanup and final site restoration:
The contractor will be held responsible to repair any damage to the building, the site and/or property as
part of this contract to the satisfaction of the Board.
Routine cleanup of the project will encompass all areas within or surrounding the school property used by
the contractor during construction. This includes debris blown off the roof during wind storms. A
roofing nail magnet must also be employed on a routine basis in order to make the surrounding grounds
safe.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 2 (Continued)
A. Site Restoration:
1. If topsoil is required to repair damage to the grounds, it will be screened by the supplier,
removing rocks and other debris.
2. The grounds will be repaired, established and seeded or sodded to the satisfaction of the Board.
a. During spring and summer - Turf type tall fescue at 5 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft.
b. Late fall/winter - Kentucky Bluegrass at 1-1/2 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft.
B. Building cleanup:
Asphalt and grime left on the buildings will be removed by hand or power wash to the
satisfaction of the Board. Caustic materials will not be applied, as it may result in damage to the
building and roof areas. Use citronella or orange cleaner to remove asphalt from metalwork and
trim. No gasoline or petroleum product will be allowed in cleaning operations.
C. The general specifications and contractual documents contain the overall requirements as to
cleanup and the manner in which the contractor is to conduct the work in progress.
To further clarify some of the items, issues, and work performance that is expected and required
of the contractor, but, at the same time, are not limited to those items that are listed:
1. Cleanup of interior and exterior asphalt drippage.
2. Cleanup and repair of water that enters the building due to contractor negligence.
3. Broom, brush clean and vacuum the horizontal surfaces in areas that have open ceilings and
tectum is the roof decking.
4. Work must be scheduled over areas, such as areas of open ceiling tectum. This is in order to
allow time for the contractor to properly clean areas to be occupied.
5. Broom, brush clean and vacuum the horizontal surfaces in areas where portions of the roof
deck have collapsed into the room and must be restored by the contractor.
6. Equipment located in the interior must be protected from dust and debris; use plastic, etc. to
provide protection. Relocation of equipment may be approved on a contingent basis.
2.9 The layout of tear-off will be done so that the roofing plies run the longest direction of the
building. Roofing plies will run one way on each roof section. Gang rolling is not acceptable.
The size of the area (width and length) will be governed by the contractor's ability to make watertight
prior to precipitation. However, the tear-off will be made in straight lines, and sections will be
multiples of at least 2 to 4 feet wide and 4 to 8 feet long. Small pieces of insulation between areas of
tear off are objectionable. Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with these specifications, the
manufacturer's recommendations and the warranty requirements.
2.10 The Board will not be responsible for tools, equipment or materials at the job site.
2.11 Note the restrictions of work over tectum decking while children are present. Common sense
also dictates that main entrance canopies will be included in this restriction, as well as areas affecting
Food Service. Coordinate all activities with the Board's representative prior to undertaking such
work.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 2 (Continued)
2.12 Interior work, such as drain installation, will be performed during non-school hours unless
authorized by the principal and the Board's representative. Custodial staffing is usually on site in the
afternoon and early evenings. Any additional costs associated with such off-hours construction is to
be borne by the contractor in accordance with existing Department of Building Services‟ procedures.
2.13 If a contractor has multiple projects, work will be performed one school at a time and each
project taken to its completion. However, if the contractor can show the ability and the resources to
operate more than one project, permission can be granted by the Board's (Director of the Department
of Capital Programs) representative at his/her sole discretion. The contractor acknowledges that time
is of the essence herein and agrees to commence work immediately after notice to proceed and to
fully complete the project within the specified time, including normal inclement weather delays. By
accepting the contract award, the bidder declares that the contract time is sufficient to assure timely
completion of work. This is to be considered as a prime project and staffed accordingly.
2.14 As a general rule, no change orders will be accepted on these contracts. Difficulties encountered
by the contractor during the normal course of the roof replacement are his/her responsibility. If the
need for additional work is revealed during the job, such work must be authorized by the Director of
the Department of Capital Programs. Written price quotes, including a fully itemized breakdown of
costs, must be supplied by the contractor, and accepted in writing, before the additional work will be
considered. Changes to the contract award will be in the form of a formal contract amendment.
Items "missed" on the part of the contractor shall not constitute cause for change orders. The
contractor is solely responsible for understanding these specifications, drawings, contract documents
and for fully investigating site conditions prior to accepting contract to undertake said work. The
Board's decision is not subject to arbitration.
2.15 When a delay is anticipated in the application of the aggregate material because of weather,
shortages of material, or job priorities, the contractor shall apply a glaze coat of hot asphalt over the
plysheets to ensure a waterproof roof membrane in the interim.
2.16 In any case, prior to any application of glaze coat, ply sheet or aggregate, there shall be no
evidence of any uncorrected cracking, wrinkles, non adhesion or "fish mouths" on any of the ply
sheets which have been installed.
2.17 Traffic across finished or non-applicable portions of the roof shall be avoided, unless permission
is secured from the Board. When it is necessary to cross any section of roof which is not scheduled
for replacement in order to work on another roof section, the contractor shall provide and install a
temporary plywood walkway of sufficient width and strength to permit access to the work area for
workers, equipment, and materials entirely on the walkway to preclude any damage to the roof
section being traversed.
2.18 Graveling shall be done over the entire area, after the construction of the built-up roof system,
to minimize puncture damage or entrapment of aggregate between the reinforcing plies.
2.19 Small canopies or outcroppings over doors that are not identified on the drawing but are attached
or adjacent to the portion of the building being reroofed, will be included in the base contract. This is
for built-up roof canopies only, unless otherwise specified elsewhere.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 2 (Continued)
2.20 The contractor is responsible to constantly monitor the current weather conditions. Roof work
can be performed, as specified, and only when weather conditions permit and are conducive to good
N. R. C. A. roofing practices and meet manufacturer's recommendation and warranty requirements.
If weather conditions change or become inclement, and the roof has been opened, the contractor must
immediately secure the construction with the temporary two (2) ply tie-off.
A. On days that roof tear-off cannot be performed due to predicted bad weather, peripheral work
should be undertaken to help bring the job to closure and to be watertight.
B. Loss of work days due to inclement weather, may be taken into consideration to determine
whether a contractor completed this contract ON TIME as proposed by the contractor and
accepted by the Board's representative.
2.21 It is the intent of the specifications and that of the drawings to eliminate ponding water using
tapered insulation. Ponded water in excess of what is deemed allowable under the manufacturer's
guidelines may be corrected by other means. The Board's representative will make the final
determination of any design or field alterations to eliminate any problem areas. To eliminate ponded
water problems, additional tapering could be added or by installing larger sumps, troughs, double
layering of aggregate and a flood coat of asphalt with a layer of felts. See the job description for
detailed quantities and instructions to alleviate potential area situations.
PART 3 - LEAK RESPONSIBILITIES ON OLD MEMBRANE
3.1 The contractor is responsible to make leak repairs for roofing areas (including interior finishes
and contents) under construction at their own expense:
A. Where the contractor has swept the ballast.
B. Where the contractor has traversed or stored material.
C. On roof areas that may not be under contract but that must be used to perform work on other
roofing areas.
PART 4 - BUILT-UP ROOF WARRANTY AND REPAIRS
4.1 A manufacturer's twenty (20) year, no dollar limit (NDL) total system warranty is required on this
project.
4.2 The warranty is comprehensive and is to include all major material components of the roofing
system. This includes insulation, membranes, base flashings, asphalt, metal details, fasteners and
other construction material required and supplied by the manufacturer of the entire roof system.
A. Material not typically supplied by the manufacturer or material specifically required, such as
shop-fabricated metalwork details, are typically excluded to the extent of the manufacturer's
limitations; but, in no way, shall they void the above-referenced warranty.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
4.3 Submittals:
A. Submit sample copy of twenty-year manufacturer's NDL total system warranty.
B. Submit a letter of certification that your company is an authorized installer for NDL warranty
purposes. In this letter, have the manufacturer stipulate that your company has done at least six
(6) NDL projects in the previous 12 months.
4.4 Repairs to the built-up roof system that are under warranty will be handled in the following manner:
For the first two (2) years, the original contractor is to make permanent repairs to the B.U.R. and for five
(5) years for all metalwork. Repairs to the built-up roofing are to be permanent, using hot asphalt,
chipping back gravel and installing multiple layers of new felts or base flashing.
After the initial two (2) year warranty period, the follow-up repair contractor is to perform repairs that
follow the manufacturer's strictest repair requirements and for which the manufacturer pays 100% for the
provided service repairs.
NOTE: No repairs are to be performed on the B.U.R. system that are not covered by warranty payments
by the manufacturer or is covered by the contractor's own warranty.
Roof leaks and defects that are not covered under warranty are to be reported to the Board's representative
for remedial action at the discretion of the Board's representative.
4.5 Emergency Response: The contractor shall provide the Board with an "after-hours" emergency
telephone number to facilitate emergency responses. Contractor response times to emergency situations
or calls shall be within two (2) hours.
END OF SECTION 01400
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 01770 - ROOFING REPLACEMENT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout.
1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and
reasons why the Work is not complete.
2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to
services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar
releases.
4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
5. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
6. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
defects.
7. Submit copies of manufacturer's progress and final inspections signed by Roofing Manufacturer‟s
Inspector (not a salesman) - 3 in all.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of
request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection
or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by
Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.
1.3 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion,
complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment.
2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy
of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptance.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.
Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor
of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
1.4 CORE SAMPLES
A. The Owner reserves the right to have core sampling performed by the Contractor where
moisture contamination is suspected within the new roof system until the expiration of the
Contractor's warranty. Core sample locations shall be chosen by the Owner and be performed at
no cost to the Owner.
1.5 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit manufacturer's warranties and contractor's guarantees on request of
Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than
date of Substantial Completion is indicated.
1.6 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. When both the Owner or Owner's Representative and the Manufacturer's Representative agree
that the Contractor has performed according to the Specifications and has installed the materials
to the satisfaction of the Manufacturer, submit the following:
1. Specified Contractor's and Manufacturer's Warranties and Guarantees.
a. Roofing Manufacturer‟s 20 year NDL (No Dollar Limit) executed Warranty.
b. Contractor‟s executed Workmanship Guarantee.
c. Executed Warrantee for Kynar finish on painted aluminum components.
d. Individual manufacturer‟s product warrantees:
(1). Exhaust fans
2. Lien Releases from Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers
3. Consent of Surety to Final Payment
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous
to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with
local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or
excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
lawfully.
END OF SECTION 01770
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION
3
CONCRETE
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Provide and install cast-in-place concrete for the new Mail Room Loading Area canopy column
footing as required and specified by the metal canopy manufacturer and as required by local
codes.
B. Provide and install cast-in-place concrete pavement where patching as a result of demolition of
existing column footings at the Mail Room Loading Area canopy as required.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
B. Perform cast-in-place concrete work in accordance with ACI 301, unless specified otherwise in
this Section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CEMENT
A. Provide a standard brand of portland cement, ASTM C150, type I or II.
2.02 AGGREGATES
A. General: Provide hardrock aggregate, ASTM C33, with additional attributes as specified herein.
B. Fine aggregate: Provide washed natural sand having strong, hard, durable particles, and
containing not more than 2 percent by weight of deleterious matter such as clay lumps, mica,
shale or schist. Grade from coarse to fine.
C. Coarse aggregate:
1. Provide coarse aggregate consisting of clean, hard, fine-grained, sound crushed rock or
washed gravel, or a combination of both, containing not more than 5 percent by weight of flat,
chip-like, thin, elongated, friable or laminated pieces, nor more than 2 percent by weight of
shale or cherty material.
2. Use coarse aggregate of the largest practicable size for each condition of placement.
2.03 WATER
A. Use only clean potable water.
2.04 CONCRETE MIXES
A. Unless otherwise directed use portland cement to achieve a weight of not more than 110 pcf and an
ultimate compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days.
B. Slump: Footings and slabs on grade: 3 inches.
All other concrete: 4 inches.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
2.05 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Expansion joint filler: Use preformed strips, non-extruding and resilient bituminous type, of
thickness indicated, ASTM D1751.
B. Vapor barrier membrane: Use polyethylene sheet of the thickness shown on the Drawings,
ASTM D2103. If thickness is not shown on the Drawings, use 6 mil thickness.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct
conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.02 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Concrete for minor work may be mixed at the site in a power mixer when the mixer has a
capacity not less than one full sack batch.
B. Unless otherwise approved by the Owner, use ready mixed concrete complying with ASTM C94.
3.03 INSERTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Coordinate the various trades who are required to fasten work to the structure, or are required to
insert therein any sleeve, box, bolt, anchor or other rough hardware.
B. Provide every facility for setting all required items accurately in the forms.
C. Conduits and sleeves:
1. Locate so as not to reduce the strength of construction. Do not place pipes, except conduits, in
slabs less than 3-1/2 inches in thickness.
2. In placing conduits in slabs on earth, place below the reinforcement and encase in concrete by
increasing the thickness of the slab locally to at least 3 inches of concrete around the conduit
on all sides.
3.04 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE
A. Before placing concrete, thoroughly clean forms and make tight.
B. Do not place concrete until reinforcement, conduits, outlet boxes, anchors, sleeves, hangers, bolts
and other embedded materials are securely and properly fastened in their correct positions.
C. Prepare previously prepared concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent.
Apply bonding agent in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Install vapor barrier under interior slabs-on-grade. Lap joints a minimum of 6 inches and seal
watertight. Repair damaged vapor barrier with vapor barrier material lapped over damaged areas a
minimum of 6 inches and sealed watertight.
E. Separate slabs-on-grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler, extended from bottom of slab to
within 1/4 inch of finished slab surface.
F. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control and construction joints.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
G. Where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, drill holes in existing work, insert steel dowels
and pack with non-shrink grout.
H. Screed floors, slabs-on-grade and concrete base for toppings level, maintain surface flatness of
maximum 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
I. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners of forms
during placing operations.
J. Completely compact with tamping poles and by tapping forms until the concrete is thoroughly
compact and without voids.
3.05 CURING
A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying.
B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for a period
necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.
END SECTION 03300
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 03301 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - LIGHT-WEIGHT/PERLITE CONCRETE/GYPSUM
1.1 Light-weight/perlite concrete/gypsum
1. Replace as specified (subject to the approval of the Board).
END OF SECTION 03301
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 03400 – PRE-CAST CONCRETE SPLASH BLOCKS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer‟s catalog cuts, specifications, and installation instructions.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Random freeze thaw tests conducted by the manufacturer. Test specimen (typical product)
should retain 60 percent of its initial modulus of elasticity after 300 cycles. Furnish
manufacturer‟s test results upon request.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Precast Concrete: Normal weight, air entrained concrete. Air content shall be 6 percent by
volume within an allowable tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percent.
1. Minimum Compressive Strength for Splash Blocks: 4000 psi.
B. Bar Reinforcement: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Splash blocks shall be cast at the manufacturer‟s plant, not at the job site. Castings shall
have plane smooth surfaces, true to line and face, free from defects and sharp arises.
Overall dimensions for castings shall not vary more than 1/16 inch from those indicated.
1. Splash block dimensions shall be 12” wide by 24” long.
2. Splash color shall be gray or natural.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Remove existing sod and dig out required area as needed. Fill any existing eroded areas
(holes) with gravel from existing roofing demolition and dirt being removed to required
height. Grade each location to provide solid support for splash blocks. (Top of splash blocks
will be flush with grade). Position splash blocks to direct flow away from
building.
B. Install new splash blocks so that top is flush with grade at front with ½” fall from back to
front. Fill in around splash block with loose dirt.
C. Remove broken or damaged existing splash blocks, and sod.
D. Dispose of remaining unused dirt on site in approved location.
END OF SECTION 03400
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION
6
CARPENTRY
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 06100 – ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - WOOD
1.1 Wood used on any roof project will be of construction grade. Plywood will have exterior rated
glues and labeled as such. Replacement wood decking, if needed, will be installed with same
dimensional lumber at the time of roof tear-off. Due to changes in wood dimensions over the years,
multiple layers of wood may be necessary to attain proper elevations. See job description for
additional requirements. No damaged or previously used wood shall be utilized. All plywood will be
fire rated (FRT).
1.2 The wood used under metal details, such as nailers and or curb components as well as wood
cants, will be pressure treated with a wood preservative. The lumber will be marked with the mill's
stamps to grade of pressure treatment. The industry standard, construction grade, above-ground
treated lumber will be the minimum grade used on these jobs. Use the new replacement EPA
approved pressure treated lumber when it becomes available.
PART 2 - TECTUM
2.1 Tectum replacement decking, where specified, will be ordered or cut to fit into the bulb tee
dimensions. Verify size, thickness and manufactured design parameters before ordering as sizing
may very across the job.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Tectum will be a minimum one half (1/2) inch thicker than the bulb tee's dimension at height.
Grout all joints.
Tectum will be tongue and groove on the butt joints.
Install dry sheet, fifth (5th) ply on tectum deck patches, or replacement made on decks not
typically requiring five (5) plies.
PART 4 – NAILS AND SCREWS
4.1 All fasteners into pressure treated lumber will be stainless steel.
END OF SECTION 06100
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION
7
THERMAL AND
MOISTURE PROTECTION
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 07210 – BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - INSULATION
1.1 Apply insulation with long joints continuous and end joints staggered at least 12” (12) inches.
If two layers of insulation are used, stagger said seams and joints a minimum of six (6) inches in each
direction between layers. Embed in hot asphalt (fully mopped) at a minimum rate of 30 pounds per
100 square feet. All wet insulation will be rejected. Adhere insulation using steep asphalt as specified
by the manufacturer. Acoustical steel decks will use mechanical fasteners as specified by the
manufacturer.
A. The first layer of insulation will be 4'0" x 8'0" and must be walked in place per the
manufacturer. The second layer is to be the same size and walked in place.
1.2 Tapered insulation can be perlite or as called for in the detailed specifications.
A. Use 1/4" vertical rise to-the-foot slope for tapered insulation as indicated on drawings to
promote positive drainage, unless otherwise specified.
B. Use 1/2" to-the-foot insulation slope for crickets to promote positive drainage, unless
otherwise specified.
C. In locations where crickets are installed and where ventilators, etc. exist, additional
taper (counter crickets) will be installed, as needed, so water will not trap behind a roof
structure.
PART 2 - ROOF MAT ON INSULATED DECK (Metal)
2.1 Install insulation; then apply four (4) glass fiber plies. Embed plies into uniform solid mopping
of hot asphalt, using 30 pounds per 100 square feet per ply.
2.2 Apply a flood coat of hot asphalt at a rate of 60 pounds per 100 square feet, surfaced with clean
#7 (3/4") Texas white chips, Georgia grade white marble chips, or equal at a minimum rate of 500
pounds per 100 square feet spread evenly over the entire surface while asphalt is hot. Material shall
be suitable for roofing, dry and free of dust, soil or foreign material. No pea gravel or other riverbed
materials are acceptable.
PART 3 - ROOF MAT ON NAILABLE DECK (Gypsum, Wood, Tectum)
3.1 Installation of insulation; on gypsum, wood planking or tectum (mearlcrete, cementitious wood
fiber plank) decks. Apply one (1) ply of 28 lb. felt as a base sheet between the deck and insulation.
On tectum, use tube lock nails; on other decks, use manufacturer's suggested nails to attach base
sheet, unless otherwise specified. Solid mop base sheet on gypsum decks.
3.2 Apply four (4) glass fiber plies. Embed plies into uniform solid mopping of hot asphalt, using
30 pounds per 100 square feet per ply.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
3.3 Apply a flood coat of hot asphalt at a rate of 60 pounds per 100 square feet surfaced with clean
#7 (3/4") Texas white chips, Georgia grade white marble chips, or equal, at a minimum rate of 500
pounds per 100 square feet spread evenly over the entire surface while asphalt is hot. Material shall
be suitable for roofing, dry and free of dust, soil or foreign material. No pea gravel or other riverbed
materials are acceptable.
PART 5 – DUCT INSULATION
5.1 Duct--Rigid Insulation System
A. Install rigid foil-faced fiberglass duct insulation as made by Knauf (FSK 1-1/2 inches thick
or thickness specified). Adhere using adhesive or non-penetrating, stick-on fastener that
does not penetrate the metal duct work. Miter the insulation at all joints and access openings.
Follow manufacturer's specifications.
B. Install a fully-adhered, white EPDM 45 mil rubber sheeting over the insulation. Miter and
lap all joints; laps will not block the flow of water.
C. Use the white EPDM rubber as made by Carlisle. The rubber is to be fully adhered with
glue/.
D. Install as a patch over the metal fastener. This is to eliminate sharp points going into the
outside membrane.
E. Perform minor duct repairs as required to furnish a completed system. Re-support duct work
as required to protect the roofing system and provide for a completed project.
5.2 Chilled water pipe insulation will be polyethylene tubing. Insulate the chill water and return lines
from the roof unit to the roof deck. Use an insulated tubing as manufactured by Thermocell or
equal. Apply glue to all joints and tapered connections. Sidewall thickness of tubing will be 3/4
inch minimum, but not less than that required by the 1996, BOCA National Mechanical Code,
Amended.
END OF SECTION 07210
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 07411A – ALUMINUM STANDING SEAM ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provision and installation of new sierra tan, stucco embossed, factory finished standing
seam roofing systems in place of existing metal roof systems. Complete, visually attractive,
weather tight, aluminum standing seam roofing systems are desired.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS AND COMPLIANCE
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
B. The Contractor shall comply with the latest editions of the International Building Code (IBC),
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. manual
(SMACNA), and National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) guidelines.
C. The Contractor shall comply with all State and County codes and regulations that pertain. All
Standing seam roofing systems shall have a structural uniform uplift load capacity in
accordance with ASTM E330. Panels shall have a UL class 120 rating.
D. The Contractor shall comply with the stipulations of the Standing Seam Panel Manufacturer‟s
Warranty requirements.
E. A (20) year Weathertightness Warranty is required for the scope of work described in this
Section. See Part 4 below for sample weathertightness warranty.
1.3 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Aluminum standing-seam fascia panels and associated trims, and channels.
2. Aluminum flush-seam soffit panels and associated trims and panels.
B. Related Sections include the following:
2. Section 07210 - Building Insulation
3. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
1.4 SUBMITALS:
A. A signed copy of the Metal Manufacturer‟s 20 year warranty of the aluminum factory
finish.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART – 1 – GENERAL (Continued)
B. A copy of the Standing Seam Panel/System Manufacturer‟s 20 year Weathertightness
Warranty in addition to the aluminum factory finish warranty. An executed copy will
be provided upon project completion.
C. A letter from the Standing Seam Panel/System Manufacturer stating that the
Contractor is an approved installer for the manufacturer‟s 20 Year Weathertightness
Warranted standing seam system.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All standing seam system components shall have a 20 year guaranteed factory finish.
B. All Sheet metal work must be included in the Manufacturer‟s 20 year NDL warranty.
C. Shop fabricated or formed components shall be machine formed and cut by experienced sheet
metal mechanics familiar with current S.M.A.C.N.A. and N.R.C.A. guidelines and details for
fabrication and installation of sheet-metal roof component systems.
D. A 5 year workmanship guarantee shall be provided by the contractor that shall include all
metals including the standing-seam systems.
E. The 70% Kynar/Hylar based finish coating shall conform to the current tests and standards
as specified and maintained by Englert.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver panels and other components so they will not be damaged or deformed. Package
panels for protection against damage during transportation or handling.
B. Exercise care in unloading, storing, and erecting standing seam panels to prevent bending,
warping, twisting and surface damage.
C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weather
tight and ventilated covering. Store panels to ensure dryness. Do not store panels in contact
with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field measure for all components. Verify existing conditions including condition of substrate
and existing framing members. Provide necessary shop drawings or written directions for
shop fabrication and panel sizing operations.
B. Coordinate shop fabrication processes with field operations to prevent undue delays in work
progress.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
C. The Contractor is responsible for verifying all site conditions and for verification of all
system component dimensions in the field prior to fabrication.
D. Coordinate the design and installation of new fascia with the standing-seam roof
components.
1.8 FINISH WARRANTY
A. Warranty for KYNAR finish:
1. Material shall require a written 20-year, non-prorated warranty covering fade, chalking, and
film integrity signed by the manufacturer. The warranty shall cover failure of the factoryapplied finish on metal panels and other components within the specified warranty period
and agreeing to repair finish or replace panels and other components that show evidence of
finish deterioration. The warranty shall include labor and materials through the 20th year.
2. Material will not show a color change greater than 5 NBS color units per ASTM D2244-79
and not show chalking excess of 8 per ASTM D659-80.
3. Please see a copy of the entire Englert, N. B. Handy, Peterson Aluminum, or Reynolds
warranty detailing all warranty provisions and stipulations.
4. The 70% Kynar/Hylar based finish coating shall conform to the current tests and standards
as specified and maintained by Englert.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the above requirements, the following
are acceptable metal manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Englert
N. B. Handy
Peterson Aluminum
Reynolds Aluminum
2.2 METALS AND FINISHES
A. Manufactured .040 stucco embossed aluminum supplied by the roofing manufacturer.
B. Color for all standing-seam components shall be Sierra Tan
2.3 STANDING-SEAM ROOFING SYSTEM
A. The Aluminum Standing-Seam Fascia Panel System shall include locking standing seam
panels, J trim, bottom return trim, standing seam cap and all other necessary components
for a complete esthetic, weather-tight standing-seam roofing system. The new Standing
Seam Roofing Panel System shall be installed over new 2” polyisocyanurate insulation
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
installed between new 2x4 and ½” plywood nailers installed 24” O.C. to the existing tectum
roof deck. Install the roofing manufacturer‟s peel and stick membrane over the new
polyisocyanurate insulation prior to installation of new standing seam roofing panels
Install aluminum standing seam panels by attaching to new wood blocking with stainless
steel fasteners. Provide additional wood blocking as required at vent openings. Install
standing seam fascia panels as shown in drawing details. Include all „J‟, „Z‟, corner, and
bottom return channels, trims and flashings as shown and or required.
2.5 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. For isolation of dissimilar metals and or moisture-barrier provide and install Self-adhering,
Polymer-Modified, Bituminous Sheet Underlayment: ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40
Mils (1 mm) thick. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
1. Subject to approval of the roofing manufacturer provide one of the following or equal:
a. Peel and Stick Watershield : Johns Mansville
b Wintergard: CertainTeed Corporation
c. Polygaurd Deck Guard; Polygaurd Products, Inc.
d. Polyken 640 Underlayment Membrane: Polyken Technologies
e. Moisture Guard; Tamko Asphalt Products, Inc.
2.6
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials and accessories required for a complete and finished system
assembly and as recommended by the panel manufacturer, unless otherwise noted.
B. Repair and or replace any existing deteriorated wood components including blocking,
sheathing, framing, sub fascia, rake boards and other trim boards before installing new
standing seam components. All replacement wood components must be FRT.
C. Provide polyurethane sealant as required for appearance and as a weather seal at penetrations
and joints. Color of sealant shall match panel color after full cure. Sealant longevity guarantee
shall match duration of the overall roof guarantee and shall be approved by the roofing
manufacturer
D. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, sheet metal screws, pop rivets, pin anchors, sleeve anchors,
bolts, nuts, self locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners
designed to withstand design loads.
1. Use stainless-steel fasteners for all exterior applications.
2. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of panels by use of plastic caps or
factory applied coating.
3. Provide metal-backed neoprene washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on
weather side of panels.
4. Locate and space exposed fasteners in true vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper
tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of neoprene
washer.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
5. Provide adequate spacing of fasteners to comply with manufacturer‟s recommendations and
wind uplift requirements.
E. High Density Fiberglass Faced Foam Insulation – see Section 07210
F. Provide and install metal roofing manufacturer‟s bolt on snow guards at each standing seem
roof location. Install snow guards per manufacturer‟s recommended installation procedures.
2.7 FABRICATION
A.
General: Fabricate and finish roofing panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent
possible, by Manufacturer‟s standard procedures and processes as necessary to fulfill the
indicated performance and guarantee requirements. Comply with indicated details and with
dimensional and structural requirements. Shop fabricated or formed components shall be
machine formed and cut by experienced sheet metal mechanics familiar with current
S.M.A.C.N.A. and N.R.C.A. guidelines and details for fabrication and installation of sheetmetal roof component systems.
B. All standing-seam components shall be either precision factory or precision shop formed
components of the material specified above. Shop forming and sizing techniques shall not
compromise the integrity of the factory applied finish or the manufacturer‟s guarantee.
C. Shop fabricated or formed components shall be machine formed and cut by qualified sheet
metal mechanics experienced with current S.M.A.C.N.A. and N.R.C.A. guidelines and
details for fabrication and installation of sheet-metal roof component systems. Shop
personnel will be experienced in the planning, layout, fabrication and installation of similar
sheet metal roof component systems.
D. Standing seams for roof panels shall be double-locking with a seam height of 1-1/2”. Panel
widths shall be no greater than 20”. Wall cladding panels may be single-locking. Comply
with manufacturer‟s system requirements to meet weathertightness warranty
requirements if more stringent than above.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions prior to installation to determine conditions that may affect
installation and cladding system performance. Replace any deteriorated existing roof and
wall components before installing the new standing seam system.
1. Do not proceed with standing-seam roofing system component installation
until any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2. Field verify all dimensions before undertaking fabrication operations.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate installation of the standing seam panel systems in appropriate sequence with
other operations to ensure long-term weather tight installation and damage prevention of
finished panels.
B. Promptly remove protective film, from metal panels and other components before job
completion and to prevent marring or discoloration of sun and heat action by the protective
film on the factory finish.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Standing Seam Roofing Panel Systems
1. General: Comply with panel manufacturer‟s written instructions and recommendations
for installation, as applicable to project conditions and existing supporting substrates.
Anchor panels and other system components securely in place, with provisions for
thermal and structural movement. The new Standing Seam roofing panels shall be
attached to new 2x4 and ½” plywood nailers attached to the existing tectum roof deck.
New roofing panels will be installed over new 2” polyisocyanurate insulation installed in
between the new wood mailers. Install Peel & Stick Watershield over the new insulation
and nailers as a moisture barrier prior to installing new standing -seam aluminum panels
and trim.
a. Field cutting panels by torch or other imprecise methods is not permitted. The use of
torches in general is prohibited on this project.
2. Install new one and one half (1-1/2) inch standing seam roofing system with all associated
trims and channels. All visible components shall be installed factory finish side to view.
3. Install new sierra-tan aluminum counter-flashing at perimeter masonry walls .
.
4. Coordinate installation of standing seam roofing with the installation of new perimeter
wall standing seam wall caps. Provide new wood blocking to elevate perimeter walls
above new insulation to accommodate new wall caps and standing seam perimeter
flashing.
7. Accommodate vent pipes and provide new rubber (black EPDM) pipe flashing with
stainless steel draw band as specified by the roofing manufacturer. Install flashing per
roofing manufacturer‟s requirements with stainless steel fasteners. Allow for thermal
cycling of panel at panel penetrations.
8. The standard finished panel will be no wider than twenty (20) inches, and trimmed panel
widths will be equally sized at corners in the same plane or same face.
9. Trim and channel joints shall be mitered and panels shall be symmetrically laid out. The
finished standing seam roofing system shall have an attractive professionally
installed appearance.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
10. Anchor panels and other system components securely in place with concealed fasteners to
new wood nailers. Provide additional wood blocking as required to strengthen panel
attachment.
11. There should be no voids between the existing or replacement substrate and the new
aluminum panel systems. Fill in between any added furring channels or framing with
high density insulation to back the new cladding system panels and components.
12. Separate all dissimilar metals by applying rubberized asphalt underlayment between
dissimilar metals or as recommended by roofing manufacturer.
13. Install manufacturer‟s bolt on snow guards at each individual standing seem roof.
14. The completed standing-seam systems shall be clean and free of defects.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Plan and schedule the work so as to prevent damage caused by conflicting operations. Perform
high-roof operations prior to beginning low-roof work. Take measures to protect existing
installations that are in danger of damage from adjacent operations.
B. Repair or replace all damaged components as soon as damage occurs. Unsightly patches of
damaged panels will not be accepted.
C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as soon as each panel is
installed.
D. Use Citronella or orange based cleaner to remove asphalt from metalwork. Do not use cleaning
products that can disfigure the finish or compromise the aluminum factory finish warranty.
Gasoline or other chemical solvents or cleaners that are highly flammable or explosive in nature
are not allowed.
PART 4 - SAMPLE (20) TWENTY YEAR WEATHER TIGHTNESS WARRANTY
FOR STANDING-SEAM ROOFING SYSTEMS
A. Present policy (State of MD) requires that new metal standing seam roof installations on either
new school construction projects; or , retrofit school construction projects require a 20 – Year
Manufacturer‟s Weathertightness (or, Weathertight) (or , No Leak) No Dollar Limit Warranty to
be provided.
In an effort to promote clearer understanding of what is required with regard to large areas of
new aluminum standing seam roofing, the Department of Capital Programs is providing
an acceptable warranty format recommended for use on MD State funded Board of Education
projects.
B. The following (4) four page “Sample Warranty serves as an example of an acceptable warranty.
Bidders are to be advised that this warranty , complete and fully executed may be used; or
at the option of the successful bidder (or standing seam panel manufacturer) a “Manufacturer‟s
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
Standard Warranty” may be used provided it is edited by endorsement(s) so that all provisions of
the provided sample warranty are satisfied; and that any additional provisions of the
manufacturer‟s standard warranty are subject to review and final acceptance by the Department of
Capital Programs on behalf of the Board of Education of Prince George‟s County before they
become part of the final warranty.
C. Sample Water-Tightness Warranty Follows:
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
Department of Capital Programs
Prince George‟s County Public Schools
TWENTY (20) YEAR WEATHERTIGHTNESS WARRANTY
FOR
STANDING-SEAM ROOFING SYSTEMS
We_______(manufacturer)________the manufacturer: warrants to the Board of Education of Prince George‟s
County herein referenced as the “Owner” of the facility described below that subject to the terms, conditions,
limitations and warranty responsibility stated herein: _______(manufacturer)________warrants with no dollar
limit (NDL) to the undersigned Contractor workmanship and will repair any leaks or material and or finish defects
in the _________(manufacturer)________Standing Seam Roofing Systems; and further agrees to replace leak
damaged building components and interior furnishings (if applicable) and wetted by said leak(s) of this installed
standing seam roofing system over the life of this TWENTY (20) YEAR WARRANTY commencing with the
date of Acceptance of the Project (as defined in the contract documents).
Satisfactory repair of reported leaks shall not serve to extend the terms of the original 20-Year Warranty period
for either the repair or the entire Standing Seam System, but rather serve to maintain The Standing Seam System
weathertightness condition for the entire term of the original warranty.
Neither_____(manufacturer)_______or undersigned Contractor makes any other warranty whatever, expressed or
implied. All implied warranties of merchantability and all implied warranties of fitness for any particular purpose
which exceed or differ from the warranties herein expressed are disclaimed by each and all of said parties and are
hereby excluded from this 20-Year Weathertightness Limited Warranty.
In no event shall _______(manufacturer)__________be held liable for any commercial loss, claims for labor or
consequential damages of any other type not specifically referenced herein, whether Owner‟s claim be based in
contract, tort or strict liability.
TERMS, LIABILITY, LIMITATIONS
1. Owner shall provide________(manufacturer)_________with written notice within THIRTY (30) days of
discovery of any leaks in the Standing Seam System: after which date the principal to this warranty shall be
expected to respond to said leak report within a period of TEN (10) working days.
a. Failure to respond, shall enable the Owner to engage service of “others” to address the problem without
jeopardizing Owner‟s protection under terms of the original warranty.
b. Further by _________(manufacturer)__________‟s failure to respond as specified, subjects manufacturer
to liability for full reimburse to the Owner for all costs incurred to engage the services of “others” in order to
protect the affected portion of the facility from further damage by leaks.
c. _________(manufacturer)__________cannot be held responsible for lack of performance or liable under
the terms of the warranty due to the Owner‟s failure to report the claim as specified.
jeopardizing Owner‟s protection under terms of the original warranty.
Page 1 of 4
20-year Weathertightness Warranty Continued
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
20-year Weathertightness Warranty Continued
2. After a leak report is filed; ________(manufacturer)_________shall determine whether the leak is caused
by defects in manufactured material or in workmanship and affect the Standing Seam System repair in
accordance with repair obligations herewith. In the event a determination is made that neither defect in
manufactured material or workmanship is at fault, the Owner shall be so advised in writing and permitted to
exercise other remedies without jeopardy to provisions of the original warranty.
3. The ________(manufacturer)_________shall not have any liability under the terms of this 20-Year
Weathertightness Warranty for any NDL repair or replacement caused by any of the following:
a. Acts of Nature – including but not limited to ; lightening, hurricane, tornado, earthquake, hailstorm and
all falling trees or limbs.
b. Deterioration caused by marine (salt water) atmosphere or by regular (continuous) spray of either salt or
fresh water.
c. Corrosion caused by heavy fall out or exposure to corrosive chemicals, ash or fumes from chemical
plants, foundries, plating works, kilns, fertilizing manufacture and paper manufacturing plants – if either
cause is located within less than on-half mile radius distant from the portion of the facility affected.
d. Deterioration caused by corrosive or condensates generated or released from within the building itself.
e. Damages caused by workers or work activity.
f.. Structural failures affecting (but not part of ) the standing seam system.
g. Unauthorized alterations or modifications of the Work by anyone other than a Contractor agreed to in
writing by all parties to this warranty.
h. Physical damage imposed by vandalism, impacts from adjacent ball courts, or damage caused by delivery
trucks or other vehicular equipment.
i. Failure of the Owner to exercise reasonable care and maintenance.
4. During the Term of this warranty; and within 72 hours of formal request, the Owner shall permit
________(manufacturer)_________, or manufacturer‟s agent access to the areas of standing seam during
regular business hours.
5. Failure of either party to exercise or enforce specific terms, conditions or provisions shall not be construed
to be waiver of the same.
6. The (manufacturer)________shall not be responsible for replacement of building components, stored
materials or furnishings not permanently damaged or defaced by temporary or short term wetting.
7. The ________(manufacturer)_________shall not have any liability or responsibility at any time for , or as a
consequence of any condensation or underside corrosion which was caused at anytime by any condensation
resulting from either or both of the following:
a.. Inadequate ventilation of the space inside the mansard when insulation is installed over the existing
substrate.
b. The use of inadequate vapor barrier (other than specified) where the insulation is installed immediately
beneath roof panels.
8. As stated in the contract, laws of the STTE OF MARYLAND and PRINCE GEORGE‟S COUNTY shall
govern any action brought as a result of this warranty by any party hereto.
9. This Warrantee instrument supersedes and is in lieu of any and all other expressed or implied warranties
that are or may be in conflict with terms and conditions stated herein.
10. A fully executed original of this Warranty is required prior to recommendation of acceptance, and
Acceptance of this project.
Page 2 of 4
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
20-year Weathertightness Warranty Continued
WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITY
FIRST (1st. ) year through the TWENTIETH (20th) year from date of Acceptance of the project by the Standing
Seam System Manufacturer who‟s legal entity is________(manufacturer)__________; except that the first
recourse of the Owner for Warranty Benefits during Year 1 and Year 2 after date of Project Acceptance will be
the Contractor per the requirements of the overall project workmanship guarantee unless recourse regards
integrity or defect of the material and or finish in which case ________(manufacturer)__________shall
constitute the first recourse of the Owner for Warranty Benefits regardless of warranty year.
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN,_________(manufacturer)___________MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO MATERIALS
COVERED HEREBY, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NOR DOES SELLER MAKE ANY WARRANTY OR ASSUME ANY
OBLIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THE VALIDITY OF ANY PATENTS, DESIGNS, COPYRIGHTS OR
TRADEMARKS WHICH MAY COVER SUCH GOODS EXCEPT: THAT THE OWNER SHALL HAVE
THE RIGHT TO RELY ON SAME BY REPRESENTATION OF THE MANUFACTURER THAT BY
OFFERING THE MATERIAL, STANDING SEAM SYSTEM AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS FOR THE
PURPOSE OF THIS PROJECT THERE IS NO VIOLATION OF THE RIGHTS OF OTHER PARTIES
WITH RESPECT TO PATENTS, DESIGNS, COPYRIGHTS OR TRADEMARKS. FURTHER; THE
CONDITIONS OF LIABILITY, RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES
RELATING TO CLAIMS ARISING FROM DEFECTIVE GOODS SHALL BE GOVERNED
EXCLUSIVELY BY THE TERMS HEREOF: THIS WARRANTY MAY NOT BE CHANGED ORALLY.
IN CONSIDERATION OF PAYMENT RECEIVED, THIS WARRANTY IS TENDERED FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE OWNER AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE OR ASSIGNABLE WITHOUT WRITTEN
CONSENT OF THE MANUFACTURER_________(manufacturer)___________.
THIS WARRANTY REQUIRES THE ORIGINAL SIGNATURES OF AN OFFICER OF THE
MANUFACTURER, AND THREE FULLY EXECUTED COPIES WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER
AS A PREREQUISITE FOR PROJECT ACCEPTANCE. THE OWNER‟S SIGNATURE SHALL NOT BE A
REQUIREMENT FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF, OR CAUSE TO VALIDATE THE WARRANTY.
THE WARRANTY SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE FACILITY AS
WELL AS THE SPECIFIC AREAS OF THE FACILITY THAT ARE COVERED (Areas of Standing Seam
Mansards at the Multi-Purpose Room, Gymnasium, Entrance Canopy, Kitchen, Etc.)
PROJECT DATA / SIGNATORS
Facility/Project Description_________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Description of Areas of the Facility Included:___________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Page 3 of 4
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
20-year Weathertightness Warranty Continued
Standing Seam System Type and Approximate Square Footage:
___________________________________________________________
________________________
PGCPS Department of Capital Programs – Project No. ___________________________
PGCPS Site Code:__________________________
MD State Project Number:______________________________
Date of Project Acceptance and Commencement of Warranty:_______________Ends:__________________
Standing Seam System Manufacturer:_______________________________________________________
S/______________________________________Title:_________________________Date:______________
Installing Contractor:_____________________________________________________________________
Address:________________________________________________________________________________
S/______________________________________Title:_________________________Date:______________
Direct To:
Department of Capital Programs
13300 Old Marlboro Pike
Upper Marlboro MD 20772
Attention:___________________________________________Project Manager
END
/////////////////////TWENTY (20) YEAR WEATHERTIGHTNESS WARRANTY\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
FOR
STANDING-SEAM MANSARD CLADDING SYSTEM
Page 4 of 4
End SECTION 07411A
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 07411B – ALUMINUM STANDING-SEAM FASCIA PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provision and installation of new sierra tan, stucco embossed, factory finished standing
seam cladding at:
1. The Gymnasium Clearstories above the translucent wall panels. See Drawing Detail
2/A7
2. The new standing seam fascia panels will run the entire length of both clearstory walls
(approximately 80 linear feet at each of two walls).
3.Complete, visually attractive, weather tight, aluminum cladding systems are required
at each location indicated.
4.Work will include installation of new ¾”FRT plywood substrate over existing brick
masonry. The new plywood substrate will receive a continuous layer of the roofing
manufacturer‟s peel & stick membrane prior to cladding with aluminum.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS AND COMPLIANCE
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
B. The Contractor shall comply with the latest editions of the International Building Code (IBC),
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. manual
(SMACNA), and National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) guidelines.
C. The Contractor shall comply with all State and County codes and regulations that pertain. All
soffit and fascia systems shall have a structural uniform uplift load capacity in accordance
with ASTM E330. Panels shall have a UL class 120 rating.
D. The Contractor shall comply with the stipulations of the Standing Seam Panel Manufacturer‟s
Kynar Finish Requirements.
1.3
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Aluminum standing-seam fascia panels and associated trims, and channels.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
1.4 SUBMITALS:
A. A signed copy of the Metal Manufacturer‟s 20 year warranty of the aluminum factory
finish.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
B. All standing seam system components shall have a 20 year guaranteed factory finish.
B. All Sheet metal work must be included in the Manufacturer‟s 20 year NDL warranty.
C. Shop fabricated or formed components shall be machine formed and cut by experienced sheet
metal mechanics familiar with current S.M.A.C.N.A. and N.R.C.A. guidelines and details for
fabrication and installation of sheet-metal roof component systems.
D. A 5 year workmanship guarantee shall be provided by the contractor that shall include all
metals including the standing-seam systems.
E. The 70% Kynar/Hylar based finish coating shall conform to the current tests and standards
as specified and maintained by Englert.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver panels and other components so they will not be damaged or deformed. Package
panels for protection against damage during transportation or handling.
B. Exercise care in unloading, storing, and erecting fascia and soffit panels to prevent bending,
warping, twisting and surface damage.
C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weather
tight and ventilated covering. Store panels to ensure dryness. Do not store panels in contact
with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field measure for all components. Verify existing conditions including condition of substrate
and existing framing members. Provide necessary shop drawings or written directions for
shop fabrication and panel sizing operations.
B. Coordinate shop fabrication processes with field operations to prevent undue delays in work
progress.
C. The Contractor is responsible for verifying all site conditions and for verification of all
system component dimensions in the field prior to fabrication.
1.8
FINISH WARRANTY
A. Warranty for KYNAR finish:
1. Material shall require a written 20-year, non-prorated warranty covering fade, chalking, and
film integrity signed by the manufacturer. The warranty shall cover failure of the factoryapplied finish on metal panels and other components within the specified warranty period
and agreeing to repair finish or replace panels and other components that show evidence of
finish deterioration. The warranty shall include labor and materials through the 20th year.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
2. Material will not show a color change greater than 5 NBS color units per ASTM D2244-79
and not show chalking excess of 8 per ASTM D659-80.
3. Please see a copy of the entire Englert, N. B. Handy, Peterson Aluminum, or Reynolds
warranty detailing all warranty provisions and stipulations.
4. The 70% Kynar/Hylar based finish coating shall conform to the current tests and standards
as specified and maintained by Englert.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the above requirements, the following
are acceptable metal manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Englert
N. B. Handy
Peterson Aluminum
Reynolds Aluminum
2.2 METALS AND FINISHES
A. Manufactured .040 stucco embossed aluminum supplied by the roofing manufacturer.
B. Color for all standing-seam components shall be Sierra Tan
2.3 STANDING-SEAM PANEL SYSTEM
A. The Aluminum Standing-Seam Panel Fascia shall include locking standing seam
panels, J trim, bottom return trim, standing seam cap and all other necessary components
for a complete esthetic, weather-tight standing-seam wall fascia system. The new Standing
Seam Panel System shall be installed over a new ¾” plywood substrate attached to existing
brick masonry with pin anchors. A new peel & stick membrane will be applied over the new
plywood substrate prior to cladding with the new standing-seam system. Install new standing
-seam fascia panels as shown in drawing details. Include all „J‟, corner, and bottom
return channels and trims as shown and or as required. Coordinate installation of new
standing-seam panel fascia with standing seam wall cap. Design standing-seam installation
so as not to interfere with removal and replacement of translucent wall panels below. The
new standing-seam fascia will be installed the entire length of both masonry walls containing
translucent panels.
2.5 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. For isolation of dissimilar metals and or moisture-barrier provide and install Self-adhering,
Polymer-Modified, Bituminous Sheet Underlayment: ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40
Mils (1 mm) thick. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
1. Subject to approval of the roofing manufacturer provide one of the following or equal:
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
a. Peel and Stick Watershield : Johns Mansville
b Wintergard: CertainTeed Corporation
c. Polygaurd Deck Guard; Polygaurd Products, Inc.
d. Polyken 640 Underlayment Membrane: Polyken Technologies
e. Moisture Guard; Tamko Asphalt Products, Inc.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials and accessories required for a complete and finished system
assembly and as recommended by the panel manufacturer, unless otherwise noted.
B. All plywood and other wood components must be FRT.
C. Provide polyurethane sealant as required for appearance and as a weather seal at penetrations
and joints. Color of sealant shall match panel color after full cure. Sealant longevity guarantee
shall match duration of the overall roof guarantee and shall be approved by the roofing
manufacturer
D. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, sheet metal screws, pop rivets, pin anchors, sleeve anchors,
bolts, nuts, self locking rivets and bolts, end-welded studs, and other suitable fasteners
designed to withstand design loads.
1. Use stainless-steel fasteners for all exterior applications.
2. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of panels by use of plastic caps or
factory applied coating.
3. Provide metal-backed neoprene washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on
weather side of panels.
4. Locate and space exposed fasteners in true vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper
tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of neoprene
washer.
5. Provide adequate spacing of fasteners to comply with manufacturer‟s recommendations and
wind uplift requirements.
2.7 FABRICATION
B.
General: Fabricate and finish fascia panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent
possible, by Manufacturer‟s standard procedures and processes as necessary to fulfill the
indicated performance and guarantee requirements. Comply with indicated details and with
dimensional and structural requirements. Shop fabricated or formed components shall be
machine formed and cut by experienced sheet metal mechanics familiar with current
S.M.A.C.N.A. and N.R.C.A. guidelines and details for fabrication and installation of sheetmetal roof component systems.
B. All standing-seam components shall be either precision factory or precision shop formed
components of the material specified above. Shop forming and sizing techniques shall not
compromise the integrity of the factory applied finish or the manufacturer‟s guarantee.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
C. Shop fabricated or formed components shall be machine formed and cut by qualified sheet
metal mechanics experienced with current S.M.A.C.N.A. and N.R.C.A. guidelines and
details for fabrication and installation of sheet-metal roof component systems. Shop
personnel will be experienced in the planning, layout, fabrication and installation of similar
sheet metal roof component systems.
D. Standing seams for roof panels shall be double-locking with a seam height of 1-1/2”. Panel
widths shall be no greater than 20”. Wall cladding panels may be single-locking.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions prior to installation to determine conditions that may affect
installation and cladding system performance. Replace any deteriorated existing wall
components before installing the new standing seam system.
1. Do not proceed with standing-seam or flush seam cladding system component installation
until any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2. Field verify all dimensions before undertaking fabrication operations.
3.2 PREPARATION
B. Coordinate installation of the standing seam panels in appropriate sequence with other
operations to ensure long-term weather tight installation and damage prevention of finished
panels. Integrate panels with new clearstory perimeter cap system.
B. Promptly remove protective film, from metal panels and other components before job
completion and to prevent marring or discoloration of sun and heat action by the protective
film on the factory finish.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. New Plywood Substrate
1. Install new ¾” FRT plywood substrate over existing brick masonry. Install plywood with
pin anchors or other appropriate fasteners. Fasteners should not crack or destroy the bond
of existing brick masonry. Use hammer drills to pre drill masonry for fastener installation.
Provide and install a continuous layer of the roofing manufacturer‟s peel & stick
membrane prior to cladding plywood with new aluminum panels. See Drawing Detail.
2/A7.
B. Standing Seam Panels
1. General: Comply with panel manufacturer‟s written instructions and recommendations
for installation, as applicable to project conditions and existing supporting substrates.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
Anchor panels and other system components securely in place, with provisions for
thermal and structural movement.
a. Field cutting panels by torch or other imprecise methods is not permitted. The use of
torches in general is prohibited on this project.
2. Install new one and one half (1-1/2) inch standing seam panel system with all associated
trims and channels. All visible components shall be installed factory finish side to view.
See Drawing Detail 2/A7.
4.
Coordinate installation of new standing-seam fascia with clearstory parapet wall cap.
5. Coordinate the design and installation of associated trim so as not to interfere with the
Removal or replacement of translucent wall panels.
6. Remove and replace light fixtures, bells and other existing components as needed to
complete the new standing-seam system installation.
7. The standard finished panel will be no wider than twenty (20) inches, and trimmed panel
widths will be equally sized at corners in the same plane or same face.
8. Trim and channel joints shall be mitered and panels shall be symmetrically laid out. The
finished panels shall have an attractive professionally installed appearance.
9. Anchor panels and other system components securely in place with concealed fasteners.
Use a variety of fasteners that are appropriate for the substrate. Provide additional framing
components or support channels if required to strengthen panel attachment.
10. There should be no voids between the existing or replacement substrate and the new
aluminum cladding systems. Fill in between any added furring channels or framing with
high density insulation to back the new cladding system panels and components.
11. Separate all dissimilar metals by applying rubberized asphalt underlayment between
dissimilar metals or as recommended by roofing manufacturer.
12. The completed standing-seam systems shall be clean and free of defects.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Plan and schedule the work so as to prevent damage caused by conflicting operations. Perform
high-roof operations prior to beginning low-roof work. Take measures to protect existing
installations that are in danger of damage from adjacent operations.
B. Repair or replace all damaged components as soon as damage occurs. Unsightly patches of
damaged panels will not be accepted.
C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as soon as each panel is
installed.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
D. Use Citronella or orange based cleaner to remove asphalt from metalwork. Do not use cleaning
products that can disfigure the finish or compromise the aluminum factory finish warranty.
Gasoline or other chemical solvents or cleaners that are highly flammable or explosive in nature
are not allowed.
End SECTION 07411B
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 07511 – BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
PART 1 - ROOF SURFACES
1.1 Within the areas specified, all roof-related material and base flashing are to be removed. The
insulation, deck, and cant shall be examined by the contractor and a Board representative for
any defects; and subsequent repair of such defects shall be performed at the discretion of the
Board, either by the contractor or Board personnel, unless otherwise specified in the detailed
job description.
PART 2 ROOFING MATERIAL (All material is to be certified as asbestos free.)
2.1 All materials utilized shall be new, in good condition, and free of defects or damages. Used
materials shall not be allowed. The Board may reject any materials not found to be
acceptable. Roofing plies shall be a premium Type VI premium glass fiber felt mat with
asphalt coating, or as specified. (See detailed job procedures.)
Provide primary products, including each type of roofing sheet (felt), bitumen, composition
flashings, produced by a single manufacturer. Provide secondary products only as
recommended by manufacturer of primary products for use with roofing system specified.
For each specific job, the manufacturer must be willing and able to provide the total system
NDL guarantee as specified.
A. Base sheet shall be a 28 pound, non-porous fiberglass felt coated with asphalt and
surfaced with a fine mineral parting agent.
B. Base sheet may be specified as a ventilated base sheet in the job description.
2.2 The base flashing shall be a high performance flashing membrane. The product shall be a
polymer-modified bitumen product made with fiberglass/polyester reinforcement layers. The
product will be covered with white, inert, non-combustible granules. Use DynaKap. Note:
This material must be eligible for 20-year warranty by the manufacturer. DynaKap has been
ruled to exceed the minimum requirement of the manufacturer. As a cap sheet, DynaKap , as
previously described, will be used on the perimeters. DynaPly will be used in the field of the
roof if a hybrid roof system is specified.
2.3 Asphalt shall be approved grade steep or complying with the latest revision of ASTM D312
Specification for Type III and IV asphalt, unless otherwise specified in the detailed job
description. The contractor must maintain, and be able to prove, the following temperatures
at all times to the satisfaction of the Board. Failure to do so will constitute grounds for a halt
in production. NOTE: There is some leeway in the manufacturer's application temperature.
It is our intent to obtain the equiviscous temperature (EVT) of asphalt. Application of asphalt
throughout the day will be at that temperature. See specifications regarding tankers to
maintain the EVT.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 2 ROOFING MATERIAL (All material is to be certified as asbestos free.)
A. Type III Steep :
Type IV Extra Steep:
Temperature for Mop
425F.  25F.
Temperature for Spreader
450F.  25F.
Temperature for Mop
450F.  25F.
Temperature for Spreader
475F.  25F.
2.4 Roof insulation shall be Polyisocyanurate, Perlite and Dura Board
.
2.5 Cants, tapered edge strips and tapered insulation system shall be solid wood treated with a
water-base preservative or perlite.
A. Tapered insulation material under wall caps will be expanded polystyrene (EPS).
2.6 Aggregate, ballast or slag shall be Texas white chip #7 (a 3/4" stone), Georgia grade white
marble chip, or equal, and shall be acceptable for roofing (dry and free of dust, soil, and
foreign matter). No pea gravel or other riverbed materials are acceptable. Provide samples
to the Board for approvals prior to application.
PART 3 - BASE FLASHING, CURBS AND WALLS
3.1 Replace any defective cant strips and embed new cant strips in 30 pounds per 100 square foot
mopping of asphalt, or mechanically fastened to wall and deck, as applicable.
3.2 Apply two (2) glass fiber plies hot mopped up full height of curb or wall or up to within one
inch of the reglet. Cap with one ply of glass fiber and polyester-reinforced cap sheet (SBS
DynaKap) embedded into hot asphalt . All joints shall be lapped three (3) inches and
staggered for each ply. All plies and cap sheets shall be extended three (3), six
(6), and nine (9) inches respectively onto the deck surface. Apply asphalt surface coat and
gravel up to toe of cant.
A. Base flashing at perimeter edge detail will be the full width 18” wide.
B. On a wall cap, install DynaKap up the wall and under the new metal cap.
C. Fasten base flashing every six (6) inches on center with appropriate nail.
PART 4 - WALKPADS
4.1 Install modified bitumen walkpads at described locations in the job description or on
drawing. Use DynaTread Plus as made by Johns Manville, 813mm X 813mm.
A. Walkpads will be placed around the entire perimeter of large rooftop units and
equipment, at ladders, roof scuttles, and where indicated on the bid drawing.
B. Walkpads will be fully adhered.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 5 - ADDITIONAL MODIFIED BITUMEN
5.1 An additional cap sheet layer of DynaKap will be installed along all barge and gravel stop
perimeters, eighteen (18) inches wide.
5.2 An additional cap sheet layer of DynaKap will be installed along all built-up roof ridges
and along all built-up roof valleys.
END OF SECTION 07511
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 07620 – SHEET METAL FLASHING, TRIM AND ROOF DRAINAGE
ACCESSORIES
PART 1 – COUNTERFLASHING SHEET METAL, FASCIA, COPING
1.1 Replacement counterflashing metal shall be copper, stainless steel, or aluminum mill or
Kynar finish, stucco-embossed aluminum as specified.
A. Clean out reglet before replacing flashing.
1.2 New reglets and counter flashing will be installed when specified. On masonry walls, the
mortar joint will be cut out and a new stainless steel or aluminum reglet installed.
1.3 In areas where a reglet cannot be installed, a Philadelphia-type counterflashing may be
allowed by the Board's representative with prior approval. This counter flashing will have
multiple bends for caulk and an aluminum stiffener strip. The stiffener strip will be predrilled
and have the dimensions of 1" wide x 3/16" thick.
1.4 Fascia will be stucco-embossed aluminum.
A. Fascia will be a two (2) piece system.
B. Bottom panel will be slip joint and the top panel will be cover-plated (centered and
minimum six (6) inches wide). Stagger joints.
1.5 The metalwork will be supplied by the roofing manufacturer and will be part of the
total system NDL warranty.
PART 2 - TROUGHS, SCUPPERS, SPOUTHEADS, GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS AND GRAVEL
STOPS
2.1 Troughs and through-wall scuppers shall be stainless steel. Spoutheads shall be stainless
steel.
2.2 Gutters shall be 6" fabricated from a minimum .032 sierra tan aluminum to match new roof
perimeter components. Downspouts are to be made from .040 aluminum. Gutters shall be
installed with hidden brackets which are to be installed every 24 inches. Gravel stop shall
be soldered stainless steel with a stainless steel cover plate. Gutters will be installed to have
a minimum of seams; form gutters on the job.
A. Use a Pittsburgh lock seam to form downspouts.
B. Match the gutters with the metal for the fascia etc. Typically, Sierra Tan gutters and
downspouts may be specifically called for in the individual job description.
2.3 Scupper/downspout verification--The plumbing contractor shall verify that all scuppers,
downspouts, boots, and below-ground drain pipes are free, clear, and draining properly
throughout the course of the roofing project. Verify and maintain below-ground drains a
distance of fifty (50) horizontal and vertical linear feet. If they are blocked, notify the
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
Board's representative immediately, prior to re-roofing operations beginning. After reroofing
has begun, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to keep all drains continuously free
flowing. Bring all deficient downspouts/drains to the attention of the Board immediately.
2.4 The downspout size will match the existing on-site dimensions. Seal around the downspout
at the boot connection. Downspouts will be installed one-for-one with all straps per code.
New gutters will receive downspouts as indicated or per code requirement.
PART 3 – CAST IRON DOWNSPOUT BOOTS
3.1 - General
A. Scope of work.
1. Replace all existing broken or cracked downspout boots with new cast iron
replacement boots.
B. Submittals
1. Product Data for each type of downspout boot, installation details and factory
finishes.
3.2 – Products
A. Downspout Boots.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Shall be Cast Iron.
Shall be rectangular.
Shall be no less than 3‟ in length.
Shall have four attachment flanges.
Shall have at least one coat of primer factory applied.
Shall be classified as heavy duty.
Shall include mating collar for downspout and be sized for downspout.
Shall comply with ASTM A 48-83, Class 35.
Shall have downspout type discharge unless connected to storm drain system.
PART 3 – CAST IRON DOWNSPOUT BOOTS
B - Acceptable Products:
1. Model No. B25D by BarryCraft – Barry Pattern & Foundry Company, Inc.
3333 35th Avenue North
Birmingham AL 35207
2. Model No. R-4929 Angular Downspout - Neenah Foundry - Municipal
2121 Brooks Avenue
Neenah, WI 54956
3. Or equal to products specified above.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 4 - VENT PIPES
4.1 Vent pipes shall be reflashed with new four (4) pound lead collars, turned down three inches,
and shall be installed over all four (4) plies of roof mat. Prior to installation of roof mat,
patch opening between projection and deck edge with oakum or like material to provide even
surface and prevent dripping of hot asphalt into interior of building. If the lead collar is too
short for the vent pipe, install a lead cap that is formed to have a standing seam channel
locking action when squeezed.
4.2 After installation of lead collars, embed three (3) overlapping plies of reinforcing glass fiber
flashing, cut to fit neatly around projections, into uniform solid mopping or hot asphalt at a
rate of 30 pounds per 100 square feet. Apply asphalt surface coat and gravel up to base of
projection caps and gooseneck where existing shall be replaced upon completion.
PART 5 - METALWORK
5.1 Metalwork shall be 20 ounce copper, .025 (24 gauge) Type 304 dead soft (Microflex) soft
annealed stainless steel, .015 terned stainless steel, 4 pound lead, or .040 aluminum sierra tan in color unless specified otherwise, .040 stucco-embossed, plastic film
wrapped aluminum, .032 for continuous gutters, and as specified and as required by the
roof manufacturer to obtain I-90 and roof NDL system warranty.
A. Specifications for the aluminum metal standing seam metal roof and soffit panels:
Typically, "sierra tan " color will be the color of choice specified. Refer to job
description for exact color selected for a specific job.
1. Pre-painted architectural roofing and/or sheet metal accessories shall be PermaColor
2000, as manufactured by Englert, or the similar system as made by Peterson
Aluminum, Reynolds and N. B. Handy.
2. All materials shall be .040 aluminum finished, one side with Kynar/Hylar
based fluoropolymer sierra tan coating 1.0 + 0.1 mil total dry film thickness.
3. Wash coat of .3 to .4 mil dry film thickness shall be applied to the reverse side.
4. The pre-painted finished side shall be coated with a factory installed, strippable
plastic film for protection of the finished surface during shipping, fabrication, and
installation.
5. The material shall be protected from heat and direct sunlight to prevent deterioration
of the strippable film and possible finished coating.
6. Color shall be approved by the Board as described in the job description and selected
from standard colors. Sierra Tan is the School system‟s standard color. – For this
project, a Sierra-Tan color coating is desired.
7. All manufacturer's accessories as required or specified to complete the project.
B. Performance Criteria
1. The 70% Kynar/Hylar based finish coating shall conform to the current tests and
standards as set up on Englert.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PART 5 – METALWORK (Continued)
5.2 Roof cement shall be asphalt or asphalt plastic cement conforming to Federal Specifications
SS-C-153, Type I. Caulk shall be polyurethane.
A. MBR utility flashing cement for use with modified bitumen (SBS).
B. Pourable sealer for all pitch pockets.
5.3 Accessories as specified
A. Fasteners, such as Olympic, Buildex, Rawl, Tubeloc, etc., are to be used on this job. The
fastener used will vary with the type of deck and what is to be fastened. The contractor is
to use the appropriate fastener, as needed, to perform the work required, specified, as
called for by the manufacturer or as the job requires. This includes the entire roof system
which includes, but is not limited to, the base sheet, insulation, wood nailers, flashings or
metal roof details.
The contractor will have a variety of fasteners on hand at the site for use by the
construction crew to install the roof system. This variety of fasteners is in addition to the
known fasteners needed for the project.
The cost of all fasteners is in the base bid, and there will be no change orders for the use
of any fastener or for fasteners that have to be substituted for ones that may have been
specified.
PART 6 - EXPANSION JOINTS
6.1 Stainless steel, standing seam cap and roof-to-wall expansion joints are to be used. Refer
to contract drawings for design and installation. See detail of typical expansion joint
on the following page.
A. See job description for possible use of stucco-embossed aluminum.
PART 7 - PITCH POCKETS, PENETRATION COLLARS (UMBRELLA), PREFORMED
FLEXIBLE FLASHING
7.1 Pitch pockets are to be avoided. Roof penetrations will be flashed with preformed flexible
flashings (stainless steel) using clamps and tents, unless the penetration is such a complex
shape or size dimension that a pitch pocket is required.
A. The use of the words "pitch pocket" in the specification will not excuse the contractor
from constructing and installing the preformed flexible flashing.
7.2 Pitch pockets, if approved, will be installed in all locations that exist and in locations that
may have been omitted but are needed.
A. Pitch pockets are to be made of stainless steel.
B. Pourable sealer is to be placed in all pitch pockets.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
7.3 Penetration collars (umbrella) are to be watertight.
A. Collars are to be made of stainless steel.
B. Band and caulk around roof penetration.
PART 8- OVERFLOW SCUPPERS AND DRAINS
8.1 Where required in the job description, provide and install a new overflow protection system.
Locate per drawings and discharge the water as specified.
8.2 Overflow Scupper / Scupper Drain
A. Install, as specified, a new stainless steel trough/scupper system through the parapet wall
or gravel stop. Extend trough at least two (2) inches past the wall and install a cover
plate flashing. Caulk as required. Taper/sump the insulation as required, to promote
positive drainage. Provide scupper box, downspout and splash blocks as indicated on
drawings for scupper drains.
B. Minimum Overflow Scupper Dimensions:
1. Serving 6” roof drain or multiple drains:
No less than 8” wide x 4” tall or 32 S.I. (square inches)
2. Serving 5” roof drain or multiple drains:
No less than 6” wide x 4” tall or 24 S.I
3. Serving 4” roof drain or multiple drains:
No less than 6” wide x 3” tall or 18 S.I.
4. Serving 3” roof drain or multiple drains:
No less than 4” wide x 3” tall or 12 S.I.
PART 9 - WARRANTY FOR KYNAR FINISH
9.1 Material shall require a written 20-year, non-prorated warranty covering fade,
chalking, and film integrity. The warranty shall include labor and materials through the
20th year.
9.2 Material will not show a color change greater than 5 NBS color units per ASTM D2244-79
and not show chalking excess of 8 per ASTM D659-80.
9.3 Please see a copy of the entire Englert, N. B. Handy, Peterson Aluminum, or Reynolds
warranty detailing all provisions and stipulations.
END OF SECTION 07620
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 07710 – MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALITIES
PART 1 - ROOF ACCESS SCUTTLES - Existing will remain.
3.1 Where required in the job description, provide and install roof access scuttles. This unit or
units will be new and manufactured by the Bilco Company of New Haven, Connecticut.
Orientation of hatches shall be approved by the Board prior to installation and shall allow safe
usage of the ladder system.
3.2 Roof Scuttle Specifications:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Hardware:
Lifting mechanisms:
Cover and curb:
Cover Liner:
Insulation:
Curb Height:
Bilco
Type "S"
Stainless-steel
2 each/ one on each corner of hinge side.
11 gauge mill finish aluminum
18 gauge mill finish aluminum
1 inch Fiberglass
12 inches
PART 3 - ROOF ACCESS SAFETY POST
3.1 Provide and install (2) new BILCO LU-2 galvanized steel “LADDERUP” telescopic safety
posts. Attach new safety post to existing roof hatch access ladder located in stairwell per
manufacturer‟s installation instructions/requirements.
PART 2 - ROOF WALL LADDERS
4.1 Where required in the job description, provide and install aluminum wall ladders as made by
Precision Stair Corporation and LYNN Ladders. Follow manufacturer's installation instructions
and comply with all OSHA/MOSH requirements.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Bottom rung to be at twelve (12) inches above the roof elevation or OSHA standard.
Center of rungs to be a minimum of 7” from wall
Install forty-eight (48) inch handrail above the roofline or OSHA standard if greater.
Provide cage on ladders twenty (20) feet long and longer, or as required by OSHA.
Provide previously specified walk-pad material at top and bottom of each ladder.
Provide equipment style capped curbs at roof for added support/attachment of ladder
rails at overhanging roofs that make wall connection brackets exceedingly long and
unable to accommodate the weight of the ladder and user.
END OF SECTION 07710
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION
8
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DOORS AND
WINDOWS
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 08950 - REPLACEMENT INSULATED TRANSLUCENT FIBERGLASS
SANDWICH WALL PANEL SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes the replacement of existing insulated translucent insulating wall panels with new
translucent sandwich panels at the Multi-Purpose Room as shown and specified. Work includes
providing and installing:
1. Flat factory prefabricated structural insulated translucent sandwich panels (2 rows)
2. Aluminum installation system.
3. Aluminum curb flashing.
B. The translucent wall panel renovation work includes:
1. Removal and Demolition of existing translucent wall panels.
2. Rebuilding of translucent panel curbs to accommodate new translucent wall panels
and finished roof insulation height as well as new curb flashing. – see Drawing
Details 1 and 2/A8.
3. New interior aluminum sierra tan trim to cover new raised curb components. – see
Drawing Details 1 and 2 A8.
C. Related Sections:
1.
1.
2.
3.
Alternates: Section 01030 (Alternate No. 2)
Rough Carpentry: Section 06100
Built-Up Asphalt Roofing: Section 07511
Sheet Metal, Flashing and Trim: Section 07620
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer‟s product data. Include construction details, material descriptions, profiles
and finishes of wall panel components.
B. Submit shop drawings. Include plans, details, dimensions and attachments to other work.
C. Submit manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for factory finished
aluminum.
1. Submit samples for each exposed finish required, in same thickness and material indicated
for the work and in size indicated below. If finishes involve normal color variations, include
sample sets consisting of two or more units showing the full range of variations expected.
a. Sandwich panels: Sample panel section.
b. Factory finished aluminum framing components: Sample section of all components to be
used.
c. Sample of weatherproof gasketing and or sealant.
D. Submit Installer Certificate, signed by installer, certifying compliance with project qualification
requirements.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
E. Submit product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency indicating each type and
class of panel system complies with the project performance requirements, based on
comprehensive testing of current products. Previously completed test reports will be acceptable if
for current manufacturer and indicative of products used on this project.
1. Test reports required are:
a. Flame Spread and Smoke Developed (UL 723) – Submit UL Card
b. Burn Extent (ASTM D-635)
c. Color Difference (ASTM D-2244)
d. Abrasion/Erosion Resistance (ASTM D-4060)
e. Impact Strength (UL 972)
f. Bond Tensile Strength (ASTM C-297 after aging by ASTM D-1037)
g. Bond Shear Strength (ASTM D-1002)
h. Beam Bending Strength (ASTM E-72)
i. Insulation U-Factor (NFRC-100)
j. NFRC System Certification
k. Condensation Resistance Factor (AAMA 1503)
l. Class A Roof Covering Burning Brand (ASTM E108)
m. UL Listed Class A Roof System (UL 790) (Optional) – Submit UL Card
n. Blast Analysis and Testing of Translucent Sandwich Panels Demonstrating Equivalent
Performance to 1/4" Laminated Glass per DOD UFC 4-010-01 (Optional)
F. Submit current documentation indicating regular, independent quality control monitoring under a
nationally recognized building code review and listing program.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications
1. Material and products shall be manufactured by a company continuously and regularly employed
in the manufacture of specified materials for a period of at least ten (10) consecutive years and
which can show evidence of those materials being satisfactorily used on at least six (6) projects
of similar size, scope and location. At least three (3) of the projects shall have been in
successful use for ten (10) years or longer.
2. Wall panel system must be listed by the International Code Council – Evaluation Service (ICCES) which requires quality control inspections and fire, structural and water infiltration testing
of sandwich panel systems by an approved agency.
3. Quality control inspections and required testing shall be conducted at least once each year and
shall include manufacturing facilities, sandwich panel components and production sandwich
panels for conformance with “Acceptance Criteria for Sandwich Panels” as regulated by the
ICC-ES.
B. Installer‟s Qualifications: Installation shall be by an experienced installer, which has been in the
business of installing specified wall panel systems for at least five (5) consecutive years and can
show evidence of satisfactory completion of projects of similar size, scope and type.
C. Performance Requirements: The manufacturer shall be responsible for the configuration and
fabrication of the complete wall panel system.
1. When requested, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional
engineer responsible for their preparation.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
1.4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver panel system, components and materials in manufacturer's standard protective packaging.
B. Store panels on the long edge, several inches above the ground, blocked and under cover in
accordance with manufacturer's storage and handling instructions.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Submit manufacturer's and installer's written warranty agreeing to repair or replace panel system
work which fails in materials or workmanship within (5) years of the completed installation date.
Failure of materials or workmanship shall include leakage, excessive deflection, deterioration of
finish on metal in excess of normal weathering and defects in accessories, insulated translucent
sandwich panels and other components of the work. (Provide manufacturer‟s extended 10 year
warranty on materials only.)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Kalwall Corporation, tel: (800) 258-9777
B. Structures Unlimited, Inc., tel: (800) 225-3895
2.2 PANEL COMPONENTS
A. Face Sheets
1. Translucent faces: Manufactured from glass fiber reinforced thermoset resins, formulated
specifically for architectural use. Thermoplastic (e.g. polycarbonate, acrylic) faces are not
acceptable.
2. Flammability of interior face sheets:
Flamespread: Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed, which requires periodic unannounced
retesting, with flamespread rating no greater than 50 (20) and smoke developed no greater than
250 (200) when tested in accordance with UL 723.
Burn extent by ASTM D-635 shall be no greater than 1”.
Face sheets shall not deform, deflect or drip when subjected to fire or flame.
Face sheets shall not delaminate when exposed to 200°F for 30 minutes per IBC and NBC (300°F
for 25 minutes per UBC and SBC).
3. Weather-ability of exterior face sheets:
Color stability: Full thickness of the exterior face sheet shall not change color more than 3.0 (7.0)
CIE Units DELTA E by ASTM D-2244 after 5 years (30 months) outdoor South Florida
weathering at 5 degrees facing south, determined by the average of at least three (3) white
samples with and without a protective film or coating to ensure long-term color stability. Color
stability shall be unaffected by abrasion or scratching.
Erosion barrier: Exterior face shall have a permanent glass erosion barrier embedded beneath the
surface to provide long-term resistance to reinforcing fiber exposure. Exterior face surface loss
shall not exceed .7 mils and 40 mgs when tested in accordance with ASTM D-4060 employing
CS17 abrasive wheels at a head load of 500 grams for 1000 cycles. Sacrificial surface films or
coatings are not acceptable erosion barriers.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
4. Appearance:
Exterior face sheets: Smooth, 0.070” thick and “crystal” in color.
Interior face sheets: Smooth, 0.045” thick and White S-171 in color.
Face sheets shall not vary more than +/- 10% in thickness and be uniform in color.
5. Strength: Exterior face sheet shall be uniform in strength, impenetrable by hand held pencil and
repel an impact equal to 70 (230) ft. lbs. without fracture or tear when impacted by a 3-1/4”
diameter, 5 lb. free-falling ball per UL 972.
B. Grid Core
Thermally broken (aluminum) I-beam grid core shall be of 6063-T6 or 6005-T5 alloy and temper with
provisions for mechanical interlocking of muntin-mullion and perimeter. Width of I- beam shall
be no less than 7/16”. The I-beam grid shall be machined to tolerances of not greater than +/.002”.
Thermal break: Minimum 1”.
C. Laminate Adhesive
Heat and pressure resin type adhesive engineered for structural sandwich panel use, with minimum 25years field use. Adhesive shall pass testing requirements specified by the International Code
Council “Acceptance Criteria for Sandwich Panel Adhesives.”
Minimum tensile strength of 750 PSI when the panel assembly is tested by ASTM C-297 after two (2)
exposures to six (6) cycles each of the aging conditions prescribed by ASTM D-1037.
Minimum shear strength of the panel adhesive by ASTM D-1002 after exposure to five (5) separate
conditions:
50% Relative Humidity at 73° F: 540 PSI
182° F: 100 PSI
Accelerated Aging by ASTM D-1037 at room temperature: 800 PSI
Accelerated Aging by ASTM D-1037 at 182° F: 250 PSI
500 Hour Oxygen Bomb by ASTM D-572: 1400 PSI
2.3 PANEL CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide sandwich panels of flat fiberglass reinforced translucent face sheets laminated to a grid core
of mechanically interlocking thermally broken (aluminum) I-beams. The adhesive bonding line shall
be straight, cover the entire width of the I-beam and have a neat, sharp edge.
Thickness: 2-3/4”
Light transmission: - 20%
Solar heat gain coefficient: - .28.
U- factor by NFRC certified laboratory: .29
a. Complete insulated panel system shall have NFRC certified U- factor of .46.
Grid pattern: Nominal 12” x 24” shoji ).
B. Panels shall deflect no more than 1.9” at 30 psf in 10‟-0” span without a supporting frame by ASTM
E-72.
C. Panels shall withstand 1200ºF fire for minimum one (1) hour without collapse or exterior flaming.
D. Thermally broken panels:
Minimum Condensation Resistance Factor of 80 by AAMA 1503 measured on the bond line.
Minimum CRF of 90 at center of grid cell.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
E.
Wall panel system shall pass Class A Roof Burning Brand Test by ASTM E108. (OR panel system
shall be UL listed as a Class A Roof by UL 790 which requires periodic unannounced inspections
and retesting by Underwriters Laboratories.)
2.4 BATTENS AND PERIMETER CLOSURE SYSTEMS
A. Closure system: Extruded aluminum 6063-T6 and 6063-T5 alloy and temper clamp-tite screw type
closure system. (Curved closure system may be roll formed.)
Panel perimeter closures shall be factory sealed to panels
B. Sealing tape: Manufacturer's standard, pre-applied to closure system at the factory under controlled
conditions.
C. Fasteners: 300 series stainless steel screws for aluminum closures, excluding final fasteners to the
building.
D. Finish: Exposed aluminum to be manufacturer‟s factory applied finish that meets the performance
requirements of AAMA 2604. (Mill)
1. Color: Provide manufacturer‟s samples for selection (to be selected from manufacturer's
standard colors).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, supporting structure and installation conditions. Do not proceed with skylight
erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Metal Protection:
Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting
contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer
for this purpose.
Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact
surfaces with bituminous paint or method recommended by manufacturer.
Where aluminum will contact pressure-treated wood, separate dissimilar materials by methods
recommended by manufacturer.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install the wall panel system in accordance with the manufacturer's installation recommendations
and approved shop drawings.
Anchor component parts securely in place by permanent mechanical attachment system.
Accommodate thermal and mechanical movements.
Set sill and curb members in a full bed of sealant compound, or with joint fillers or gaskets to
provide weather-tight construction.
B. Install joint sealants at perimeter joints and within the skylight system in accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Water Test: Test wall panels according to procedures in AAMA 501.2.
B. Repair or replace work that does not pass testing or that is damaged by testing and retest work.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean the wall panel system inside and outside, immediately after installation, according to
manufacturer's written recommendations.
END OF SECTION 08950
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION
10
SPECIALTIES
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 10538
CANOPIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1
SECTION INCLUDES
A. Demolishing of existing and Providing and installing a new freestanding, pre-engineered
metal replacement Main Entrance Canopy including steel framing, metal roof, roof drains
and leaders, fascia components, and metal ceiling and accessories. This work will require
the Contractor to hire a consulting Structural Engineer to design concrete footings per the
manufacturer‟s requirements.
1.2
RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01030 - Alternates (Alternate No. 3).
B. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Concrete footings and patching.
1.3
REFERENCES
A. American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. (AISC): AISC 360 - Specification for
Structural Steel Buildings (copyrighted by AISC SECTION, ANSI approved).
B. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for
Buildings and Other Structures (copyrighted by ASCE, ANSI approved).
C. American Welding Society (AWS): AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel
(copyrighted by AWS, ANSI approved).
D . ASTM International (ASTM):
1. ASTM A 36/A 36M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A 307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi
Tensile Strength.
3. ASTM A 325/A 325M - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat
Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.
4. ASTM A 500/A 500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and
Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
5. ASTM A 572/A 572M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy
Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality.
6. ASTM A 653/A 653 M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
7. ASTM C 1107 - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout
(Non-Shrink).
C. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): NAAMM MFM Metal Finishes Manual.
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code
(copyrighted by NFPA, ANSI approved) - hereinafter referred to as NEC.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
1.3
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Provide pre-engineered canopies capable of withstanding the
effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under
conditions indicated for the specific location where Canopy will be installed:
1. Uniform pressure as indicated on drawings - minimum design wind load per ASCE 7,
CH. 6.
2. Snow load as indicated on drawings - minimum design snow load per ASCE 7, CH. 7.
3. Seismic performance - minimum design seismic criteria per ASCE 7, CH. 11 - 13.
B. Thermal Movements: Provide pre-engineered canopies that allow for thermal movements
resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures
by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint
sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation
on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 degrees F (67 degrees C), ambient; 180 degrees F
(100 degrees C), material surfaces.
1.4 CONSULTING ENGINEERING REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall procure the services of a consulting structural engineer to design the
footing and footing connections required for the new canopy. The new footing design will
comply with all applicable codes and requirements. The structural engineer will perform a
site survey to better aquaint themselves with existing site conditions. The structural
engineer will provide a stamped sealed drawing to indicate all the footing requirements.
The Contractor will provide a copy of the sealed drawing to the PGCPS Contract
Representative for approval prior to demolition/construction. Consult the canopy
manufacturer regarding footing requirements and consulting engineering services
if available through the manufacturer.
1.5
SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit under provisions of Section 01300 - Submittal Procedures.
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:
1. Construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and
profiles, and finishes.
2.Preparation instructions and recommendations.
3.Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
4.Installation methods.
5.Stamped Structural Engineer‟s drawings described above.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and
attachments to other work. Canopy supplier shall furnish complete canopy drawings signed
and sealed by a professional engineer licensed in the state where the canopy shall be
installed. Provide all drawings required for permit purposes. The contractor is responsible
for obtaining the required permits.
D. Samples:
1. Submit samples for initial color selection. Submit samples of each specified finish.
Submit samples in form of manufacturer's color charts showing full range of colors and
finishes available. Where finishes involve normal color variations, include samples
showing the full, range of variations expected.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
2. Submit samples for verification purposes. Samples shall be submitted prior to
installation.
E. Certificates: Submit product certificates signed by the manufacturer certifying material
compliance with specified performance characteristics and criteria, and physical
requirements.
F. Warranty Data: Submit warranty documents specified herein.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in engineering and manufacturing preengineered canopies with a minimum documented experience of twenty years and with a
quality assurance program utilizing a quality inspection for each system.
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. Welding shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1 (with E70XX electrodes).
2. Structural shop welding shall be done by certified welders.
3. Steel shop connections shall be welded and field connections shall be bolted (unless
otherwise noted on the Drawings). Shop welds may be changed to field welds with the
approval of the project engineer.
4. Slag shall be cleaned from welds and inspected. Steel shall be painted with red oxide
rust-inhibitive primer.
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NEC,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked
for intended use.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain pre-engineered metal canopy through one source from a
single manufacturer who shall manufacture and install the canopy.
E. Product Options and Requirements.:
1. Information on the Drawings and in the Specifications establishes requirements for
system's aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are
indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and
assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction.
Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or
more methods including preconstruction testing, field testing, and in-service
performance. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by the
Architect, except with the Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit
comprehensive explanatory data to the PGCPS Contract Representative for review.
2. The Contract Drawings (Sheet A8) indicate the general dimensions and requirements
of the replacement metal canopy. The new entrance canopy will be based on the
specific manufacturer‟s model (CAN - 1090) with dimensions to be roughly 14 foot
wide by 19‟-6” long overall. The canopy will be longer on one side than the other at
the driveway end in order to conform to the configuration of the adjacent driveway.
The canopy itself will be 2 feet away from the actual driveway to prevent damage
from buses and to create a space for protective bollards. Exact dimensions will be
confirmed on site prior to ordering. The overall height of the new canopy will be
approximately 11‟-2” tall. The new canopy will cateliever over the existing adjacent
3/12 pitched standinding seam roof. Saw cutting and demolition of portions of the
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
existing walkway will be required for new footings and pier foundations.Because of
the unique site requirements, the new canopy will require both custom
engineering and custom fabrication. The canopy will include all of the premanufactured components including steel support frame and posts which will not be
enhanced in asthetic appearance by other modifications to the basic structure as
supplied by the Canopy manufacturer are proposed, submit comprehensive
explanatory data to the PGCPS Contract Representative for review. The
intent of this Section is to specify a durable, cost effective, pre-manufactured, metal
canopy unit. Asthetic appearance is important as the new canopy will serve the Main
Entrace the canopy being replaced is minimal.
3. The new canopy will not include light fixtures.
F. Coordination:
1. The Contractor shalll conduct site meetings to verify project requirements, dimensions,
substrate conditions, utility connections, manufacturer's drawings and installation
instructions. Comply with Division 1 section on project meetings.
2. The contractor shall prepare for and pour the concrete footers for the pre-engineered
metal canopies. Manufacturer shall furnish recommended footing drawings as per IBC
Section 1807.3 and prints and rebar details for concrete footings, as well as provide
anchor bolts to be embedded in concrete footer. Such items shall be delivered to
project site in time for installation.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.
B. Protect components and accessories from corrosion, deformation, damage, and
deterioration when stored at job site. Keep materials free from dirt and foreign matter.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: The Contractor shall verify location and elevation of footings relative
to finished grade, columns, and other construction contiguous with pre-engineered metal
canopies by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop
drawings.
B. Established Dimensions: The Contractor shall, take field measurements of the existing
canopy, establish dimensions for the new canopy (on site), confirm dimensions with the
PGCPS Contract Representative, and only then proceed with fabrication. Contractor is
responsible to coordinate footing locations and elevations in respect to main building.
Sawcutting of existing walk way for footing placement and drainage piping to
driveway is required.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Austin Mohawk warrantees the products it manufactures to be free of defects in materials,
leaks, and workmanship for 1 year from date of shipment. Austin Mohawk also offers a
20-year limited warrantee against peeling, flaking, chipping of canopy deck when
properly maintained, and pass on manufacturer's warrantees for accessory items.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
B. The manufacturer is not responsible for damage caused during material handling or
storage onsite or by improper use or installation.
Part 2 PRODUCTS
1.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Austin Mohawk and Company, Inc., which is located at: 2l75
Beechgrove Place ; Utica, NY 135O1; Toll Free Tel: 8O0-765-3l10; Tel: 3l5-793-3O00;
Email: request info ([email protected]); Web: www.austinmohawk.com
B. Substitutions: Not permitted. Manufacturer‟s model has been pre-selected for existing site
conditions. Use Manufacturer and model specified.
2.2 MATERIALS
A Structural Steel:
1. Material and work shall conform to the latest AISC 360.
2. Wide flange I-beam shall conform to ASTM A 572/A 572M GR.50, Fy = 50 ksi. Other
rolled sections shall conform to ASTM A 36/A 36M, Fy = 36 ksi.
3. Square and rectangular tubing shall conform to ASTM A 500/A 500M, Grade B, Fy = 46
ksi.
4. Plate steel shall conform to ASTM A 36/A 36M, Fy = 36 ksi.
5. Structural steel shall be hot-dip-galvanized.
B. Sheet Metal:
1. Decking: 3 inch (76 mm) by 16 inch (406 mm) by 20 gage smooth white, ASTM A
653/A 653M GR40, Fy = 40 ksi, galvanized steel with baked enamel finish.
2. Center and Tapered Gutter: 24 gage hot-dip galvanized steel baked enamel finish.
3. Perimeter Gutter: 20 gage hot-dip galvanized steel baked enamel finish.
4. Internal Downspout: 3 inch (76 mm) diameter PVC.
5. External Downspouts: 3 inch (76 mm) by 4 inch (102 mm) by 24 gage hot-dip galvanized
steel with baked enamel finish.
2.3 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL CANOPY
A. General: Provide a complete, integrated set of manufacturer's standard design canopy
components using a flexible frame with fixed base wherein the steel framing system uses
stacked I Beam construction transferring the moment to the concrete footing without
requiring a rigid connection between steel frame members. The beam arrangements allow
for a canteliever design which can bring the columns from the perimeter of the structure to
the inner protected zones between the drive lanes. These mutually dependent components
form a pre-engineered canopy, ready for construction on project site. Said pre-engineered
metal canopy will be designed to meet all site structural wind, snow and seismic
requirements.
B. Canopy Fascia:
1. Aluminum Composite Panel (ACM): with a fluorocarbon paint finish, masked
on one side. Color and finish shall be warranted for 20 years .
C. Canopy Finishes: Comply with NAAMM MFM for recommendations for applying and
designating finishes. Fascia shall be tan in color. Soffit shall be white.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
1. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved samples. Noticeable
variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other
components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved samples and are
assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
D. Fabrication: Fabricate pre-engineered canopies completely in factory.
E. Protective Heavy Duty Bollards
1. Provide and install (2) heavy-duty protective bollards to protect canopy columns
nearest the adjoining driveway. Bollards shall be or include:
a. 6” in diameter.
b. Steel pipe construction (schedule 40) with welded dome top.
c. 42” high overall.
d. A 10” x 10” x 5/8” base .
e. painted bright safety yellow.
f. installed per manufacturers‟s instructions with 5/8” anchors.
2. Provide Model No. SRB42 by BLUFF Manufacturing or equal
3. Confirm bollard locations with PGCPS Contract Representative prior to installation
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which the work is to be
installed, and notify the Contractor in writing, with a copy to the Owner and the Architect,
of any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Examine supporting foundations for compliance with manufacturer's requirements,
including installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
supporting members.
2. Check installed anchor bolts for accuracy. Verify that bearing surfaces are ready to
receive the work..
3. Verify the rough-in of required mechanical and electrical services prior to placement of
the structure.
4. If preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify the Architect of
unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
5 .Beginning of the work shall indicate acceptance of the areas and conditions as
satisfactory by the Installer.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.
B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the
best result for the substrate under the project conditions.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. A work area shall be required extending 10 feet (3 m) beyond buildings and canopies in
all directions to the extent practical. The work area shall be flat, comprised of hardpacked soil or gravel, asphalt, or concrete, and free of open excavation, debris,
construction equipment and construction workers. An additional flat work space a
minimum of 25 feet (7.6 m) by 25 feet (7.6 m) or as practical shall be provided adjacent
to the canopy and/or building for unloading and storing materials. Site to meet OSHA
guidelines to allow lift equipment and scaffolding to maneuver the work area.
B. Set pre-engineered metal canopy plumb and aligned. Level base plates
true to plane with full bearing on concrete bases.
C. Fasten pre-engineered metal canopy column to anchor bolts and/or foundation bolts.
.
D. Provide anchor bolts as follows:
1.Anchor bolts or foundation bolts will be coordinated with canopy manufacturer‟s
requirements. They must not vary from the size and dimensions shown on the
erection drawings. Use of a plywood template is recommended. Remove template prior
to column erection.
2. Anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM A 307, and shall have a minimum of 7 inches (178
mm) of exposed thread and 23 inch (584 mm) minimum embedment with 1-1/4 inch (32
mm) nut and washer as embedment end.
3. Shrinkage-resistant grout shall be ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, aggregate grout,
non-corrosive, non-staining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application
and a 30 minute working time installed by the Contractor
.
E. Provide bolted connections as follows:
1. Structural erection bolts shall conform to ASTM A 325/A 325M.
2. A minimum diameter of 3/4 inch (19 mm) erection bolts shall be used for cross beamto-column connections and a minimum of 5/8 inch (16 mm) diameter bolts for all other
connections.
3. Drilled holes in structural steel shall be deburred.
4. Flat structural washers (minimum of one) shall be used on bolted connections.
5. Bolts shall be tightened to snug tight per latest RCSC specifications (unless otherwise
specified).
F. Provide screws as follows:
1. Fastening shall be performed per installation prints provided by the manufacturer.
2. Installation screws shall be furnished with electrode deposited cadmium coating unless
otherwise noted.
3. Self-drilling and self-tapping screws shall have a sufficient cut point and a 1/2 inch (13
mm) outside diameter dished metal-backed neoprene washer to be used in water sealing
applications.
G. Provide pedestrian protection and warnings during construction which comply with local,
Federal, and OSHA codes.
H. Prior to steel erection of any kind, the Contractor shall grade, backfill and otherwise
prepare the job site to allow for rolling scaffold and ensure safe working conditions
including the removal or relocation of overhead power lines.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
I. Any grade or elevation situations which deviate from the approved manufacturer's plans
shall be conveyed to the manufacturer prior to fabrication.
J. All anchor bolts and/or leveling plates shall be set within 1/4 inch (6 mm) tolerance on
layout and grade level.
K. Temporary electrical power shall be provided.
L. Connect electrical power service to power distribution system according to requirements
specified in Division 16 - Electrical. - not used
M. Dumpster for trash and debris shall be provided by the Roofing Contractor.
N. Install (2) protective bollards per manyufacturer‟s instructions.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. After completing installation, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until completion of project.
B. Touch-up, repair, or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
PART 4 DRAWINGS AND PERMITS
4.1 CANOPY GUIDELINE DETAILS are provided on Sheet A8 of the Contract Drawings.
4.2 The Manufacturer must provide Shop Drawings stamped and sealed by the
Manufacturer‟s consulting Structural Engineer for review and evaluation prior to
manufacturing.
4.3 The Contractor is responsible for all required permits and permit fees.
END OF SECTION 10538
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION
15
MECHANICAL
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 15010 – GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 – ROOF DRAINS
1.1 Where specified, existing drains shall be cleaned and rebuilt with new lead. A new 4 lb. lead
sheet (3' x 3' minimum) is to be embedded in roof cement atop all plies of roof mat. Embed three
overlapping plies of reinforcing glass fiber flashing, cut to fit neatly around the edge of the
strainer, into uniform solid mopping of hot asphalt at a rate of 30 pounds per 100 square feet.
A. Remove old oakum and lead from drain bowl and pipes. Repack with new lead, reseal,
etc. (on drains not replaced).
1.2 Roof Drain Verification--The plumbing contractor shall verify that all roof drains are free,
clear and draining properly throughout the course of the roofing project. If the contractor finds
any drains clogged or slow draining prior to the start of the project, they shall notify the Board of
Education immediately. After reroofing has started, it will be the responsibility of the contractor
to keep all drains clear and free flowing. Verify that drains are open to a distance of fifty (50)
linear feet vertical and horizontal length between all drain pipes. Bring all deficient drains to the
attention of the Board prior to roofing operations beginning.
1.3 New Roof Drains--Where required in the job description, supply and install the quantity of
new roof drains as specified. Drains shall be Josam or Zurn Z-121 cast-iron drains with underdeck clamps and sump receiver (no plastic dome). New piping shall be 4" SCH 40 P.V.C. with
P.V.C. fittings. When tying into existing rain leader, the connection must be done with a
cast-iron, no-hub fitting and stainless steel bands.
1.4 Replacement Drains--Where required in the job description, replace existing roof drains with
new. (Contractor shall check quantity, size and type of drain). Standard replacement drains shall
be Zurn cast-iron Z-121, with sump receiver. (No plastic domes). Non-typical design drains will
match existing ones.
1.5 Pipe Insulation--All new piping shall be installed with 4" x 1/2" pipe insulation. The fittings
shall be wrapped with pre-molded P.V.C. insulation elbows.
1.6 The Contractor shall verify all conditions related to drain work (ceiling type, roof deck, and
heights). All roof drain work will be completed prior to reroofing.
1.7 Always taper insulation to the drain. Use an eight (8) foot diameter sump where roof
conditions permit.
1.8 When replacing drains, the drains will be made watertight by either completing the
installation or temporarily waterproofed with roof cement and fiberglass cloth. Work is to be
performed by the registered and approved plumbing sub-contractor. Under no circumstance is the
drain bowl to be left unflashed. The method of applying felts over the drain and a hole cut in the
felts over the drain bowl is not allowed.
END OF SECTION 15010
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 15838 – POWER ROOFTOP VENTILATORS
(ALTERNATE - 1)
Part 1 – General
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Provide all materials, equipment, labor, supervision and other incidentals to remove, replace
and provide new electrical connections to exhaust fans per all applicable code provisions. The
intent of this project is to replace all power rooftop ventilators 20 years old and older in the
contract roof area.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 03030 – Alternates (Alternate 6)
B. Section 07620 – Sheet Metal Flashing
C. Division 16 Sections
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
A. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99.
1.4 SUBMITALS
A. Product Data:
1. Ventilator Manufacturer‟s, catalog cut sheets including rated capacities, furnished specialties
and accessories for each type of product including the following:
a. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.
b. Certified fan sound-power ratings.
c. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories and
controls.
d. Material composition, thickness, and finishes.
e. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.
f.. “Adjust-a-curb” manufacturer‟s product specifications.
g. Fan speed controllers.
h. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.
i. Fan speed controllers.
2. Ventilator Manufacturer‟s information should include diagrams of equipment illustrating
dimensions, weights, loads, and method of field assembly and installation for each type of
ventilator.
B. Marked-up or revised project drawings noting any changes in fan specifications, locations,
wiring, etc. for owner‟s information and use
.
C. Field test reports indicating any equipment malfunction or failure to start after proper
installation of replacement equipment. Reports must be provided before project closeout.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For power ventilators to include in facility emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals.
E. Contractor‟s Workmanship and Manufacturer‟s Equipment Warrantees (at Project Closeout.)
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B. AMCA Compliance: Products shall comply with performance requirements and shall be
licensed to use the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.
C. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards.
D. UL Standard: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705.
1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver power ventilators as factory assembled units, to the extent allowable by shipping
limitations, with protective covering and crating.
B. Disassemble and reassemble ventilator units as required for moving to final location according
to manufacturer‟s written instructions.
C. Lift and support fan units with manufacturer‟s designated lifting or supporting points.
D. Ventilator components damaged by improper storage and or handling methods shall be
replaced with new components at no additional cost to the Board.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Installation of new rooftop equipment with:
1. Material and Equipment Suppliers
1. PGCPS Contract Representative
2. PGCPS School Staff
3. Roofing Contractor
4. Electrical contractor
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective cover for storage and identified with labels describing contents
Part 2 - Materials and Equipment
2.1 POWER VENTILATORS.
A. Provide curb-mounted type with the following attributes:
1. Aluminum hood, with hinged or removable cover for easy access to motor and fan and to
back draft dampers.
2. All powered ventilators will be V-belt driven with a 1.5 service factor and an adjustable
sheave on the motor unless specified as Direct-Drive.
3. Open drip-proof construction motors, with new Prince George's County Electrical Code
approved power disconnect switches.
4. Backward curved centrifugal wheel fan impeller, with deep-spun throat venturi
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
5. Provide factory-mounted back draft dampers and bird screens at curb height level.
Existing ventilators with motorized dampers shall be replaced in-kind.
6. Provide vibration isolation components as provided or recommended by manufacturer
for each type of unit.
7. The ventilators are numbered on the roof print. Numbers consist of the original number
designation if available followed by the year of the original plan set in which the original
fan schedule or fan parameters appeared followed by the replacement year or years.
Examples: 1-54-13, 2-54-13, 3-54-13 and so on. Using this method, the ventilator
designation gives the original number designation, the approximate “born on date” and
plan set to reference for original specifications as well as at least the most recent
replacement date. Redundant designation numbers are further qualified by the plan set
year (1-58 and 1-67 for example). Large Buildings are sometimes assigned wing
designations on drawings. Existing fans may include the wing designation.
Example: A-1-58, B-14-58. New fans shall be labeled with an industrial grade, weather
resistant label with numbers at least 1 1/2” tall. White numbering on a black background
is preferred. Ventilators with no existing specifications and no original designation
will be labeled using two X’s in place of the original plan set year. Examples: 1-XX-13,
2-XX-13, 3-XX-13, etc. The contractor will provide the PGCPS Project Manager
With an inclusive ventilator schedule that includes all replacement ventilator
specifications including those that had to be determined in the field.
B. Approved manufacturers (only):
1. Greenheck
2. Jenn-Air
3. Carnes
C. Motors
1. Provide motors matching the parameters of the motors being replaced. Ensure that
Replacement motors are designed for the existing supply voltages and with the following
attributes:
a.. Size to develop the required brake horsepower and to operate satisfactorily with a
voltage variation of plus or minus 10%
b. Conform to NEMA motor standards
c. Must be dynamically balanced, and held to commercial tolerance
d. Where T-frame motors are used, oversized at least 10%
e. Selected so that, when ambient temperature reaches 120 F. for a period of two hours or
more, the motor will operate satisfactorily without failure, and with a minimum service
factor of 1.5.
f. With squirrel-cage type drip-proof enclosure, unless otherwise indicated, constant speed,
across-the-line normal starting torque designed for quiet operation
g. Each motor of ample size to operate its unit at proper full load and speed continuously,
without heating in any part more than 40 C. above the temperature of the surrounding
atmosphere
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
D. Selected Ventilator Schedule. Information presented in the following schedule is based on AsBuilt drawings only. Information that does not appear below was not included in the original
drawings. In some cases, additional ventilators were added without recording the added
equipment specifications. Bidders must perform on-site surveys of the actual ventilators
prior to bidding for additional information The successful contractor must verify all
existing exhaust fan specifications prior to ordering replacement ventilators . Ventilator
I.D. numbers include the year of the archival plan set that was referenced. Ventilator
parameters indicated below were taken from the archival (1976) mechanical plans.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
1. SELECTED POWER VENTILATOR REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE
N0.
TYPE
SERVES
C.F.
M.
S.P.
Start.
Max.
Equip.
Sones
H.P.
MOTOR
P.H. VOLTS
Control
At 5‟
2-76
4-76
6-76
7-76
PRV
PRV
PRV
PRV
Classrooms
8-76
9-76
10-76
11-76
12-76
PRV
Tchrs. Lng.
PRV
Offices
PRV
PRV
PRV
Arts & Crafts
16-76
17-76
18-76
19-76
PRV-
Secondary Cr.
Home Mngmt.
PRV
Storage
20-76
PRV
Kitchen Hood
(UpBlast)
1100
21-76
PRV
Pool Pmp. Rm.
440
22-76
PRV
Pool
3300
23-76
PRV
Pool
3300
24-76
PRV
Girls Lockers
1210
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
Mag/
PB-PL
1.000
Mag/
PB-PL
.500
HOA
PB-PL
.250
Mag/
PB-PL
.250
Mag/
PB-PL
.5000 HOA, PL
25-76
PRV
Boys Lockers
1650
.5000 Mag,
PRVPRV
Classrooms
Toilets
Tchr Plng.
Ind. Arts
Sheltrd. Wrk.
Shop
Stage
1100
880
1375
1470
.500
.500
.375
.500
770
1100
1100
1760
1100
.375
.375
.375
.375
.375
1320
650
440
2500
.375
.375
.125
.375
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
Mag/
PB-PL
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
5
5
6
5
1/3
1/4
1/4
1/2
1
1
1
3
120
120
120
208
Central
Central
Central
Central
5
5
5
5
5
1/6
1/6
1/6
1/4
1/6
1
1
120
120
1
1
1
460
120
120
Local
Local
Central
Central
Central
6
5
3
6
1/4
1/8
1/8
1/2
1
1
1
3
120
120
120
208
Central
Central
Local
Central
8
3/4
3
208
Local
1200
O.V.
3
1/6
1
120
1/2
3
208
3
1/2
3
208
6
1/3
6
1/2
3
208
Local;
Interlock
Local;
Interlock
Local;
Interlock
Local;
Interlock
Local
5
7
5
5
1/8
1/12
1/6
1/6
1
1
1
1
120
120
120
120
Local
Local
Local
Central
HOA
26-76
27-76
28-76
32-76
PRV
PRV
PRV
PRV
Health
Comm. Stor.
Adaptiv P.E.
I.M.C.
600
220
1100
880
.375
.250
.250
.375
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
Man/Pl
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
2. Ventilator Schedule Notes:
a. All ventilator parameters must be field verified before ordering
replacement ventilators.
b. The contractor must field verify ventilator motor voltage and phasing
requirements for all rooftop ventilators.
2.2 Ventilator Curbs
A. The existing ventilator curbs will be replaced with new aluminum curbs. The mechanical
contractor shall perform a site survey to gather all required information for replacement prior
to ordering replacement curbs.
B. The New aluminum ventilator curbs must include the following:
1. Factory assembly.
2. Welded seems.
3. Water-tightness by design.
4. 1-1/2” thick rigid fiberglass insulation adhered to walls
5. 1-1/2” treated wood nailer
6. Sized as required to suit existing roof opening and new fan base.
7. Construction in accordance with SMACNA recommendation, UL 181, and NFPA No.90.
.
C. New Curbs will have a minimum height of twelve (12) inches above the roof membrane.
Provide new stainless steel counterflashing as required.
D. Install new base flashing.
Part 3 – Execution
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Install replacement power ventilators level and plumb.
B. Install replacement power ventilators using new aluminum curbs. Install new
curbs per manufacturer‟s recommendations. New base flashing and new counter flashing at
new curbs must be approved and installed by the Roofing Contractor and must conform
with NDL roof warrantee requirements.
C. Install replacement ventilators using stainless steel fasteners.
D. Install replacement ventilators with clearances for service and maintenance.
E. Installation must not interfere with backdraft and or fire damper operation.
F. Label new ventilators as described above in Paragraph 2.1
3.2
CONNECTIONS:
A. Make needed final duct connections with flexible connectors.
B. Ground new equipment in accordance with Division 16 Section 16310 - GROUNDING.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
C. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section 16511 - BASIC WIRING METHODS.
3.3 QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections:
1. Verify shipping condition.
2. Verify that all bracing and blocking used for shipping has been removed prior to
installation.
3. Verify that ventilator units are secure on mountings and supporting devices and
that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that
proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters and disconnect
switches.
4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and
verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive
system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards.
5. Adjust belt tension.
6. Adjust damper linkages for proper operation.
7. Verify lubrication for bearings, shafts, linkages and other moving parts.
8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in
connected ductwork systems are in fully open position during fan operation.
9. Disable automatic temperature-control operators. Energize motor and adjust fan
to indicated rpm, and compare motor voltage and amperage to those specified.
10. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature control operators.
11. Remove and replace malfunctioning components and retest as specified above.
B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning parts and
controls as needed for proper operation.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust damper linkages for proper operation.
B. Adjust belt tension. If Belt-Drive style is required .
C. Perform required testing, adjusting and balancing procedures to achieve desired
design airflow.
D. Lubricate bearings and other moving parts per manufacturer‟s guidelines.
3.4 CLOSE-OUT
A. Resolve any PGCPCS punch-list items to the Board‟s Contract Administrators
satisfaction.
B. Remove any unused materials, tools and equipment.
C. Repair any ancillary interior or exterior property damage.
D. Resolve any PGCPCS punch-list items to the Board‟s Contract Administrator‟s
satisfaction.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
E. Provide any requisite guarantees, As-built drawings and Operation and Maintenance
manuals and or information to the Board‟s Contract Representative.
END OF SECTION 15838
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
DIVISION
16
ELECTRICAL
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 16110 – GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS
Part 1 – General
1.1 SCOPE:
A. All work under this section shall be subject to the GENERAL CONDITIONS and individual
Divisions and Sections comprising the Project Specifications. All requirements under this
Section 16100 shall apply to all work under Division 16. .
B. The Contractor shall furnish all labor , materials and equipment and services necessary to
perform in its entirety the rooftop exhaust fan replacement work specified.
C. All labor and materials, although not specifically mentioned, but necessary for the completion
of the work and successful operation of the rooftop equipment being replaced shall be
provided as specifically called for.
D. The Electrical Contractor shall coordinate all electrical demolition and installation activities
with all other trades and the overall Project Foreman.
1.2 EXAMINATION OF SITE:
A. The Contractor shall examine the site and observe the conditions under which the work will be
done or other circumstances which will affect the completed work. No allowance will be made
subsequently in this connection for any error or negligence on the Contractor‟s part.
1.3 REGULATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS:
A. All work shall conform to the requirements of the latest editions of the following codes,
regulations and specifications:
-
American Society for Testing and Materials
National Electrical Code (NEC)
National Board of Fire Underwriters
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (ULC)
United States of American Standard Institute
National Bureau of Standards
Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA)
National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
Local, County, and State codes, guidelines, regulations and amendments
1.4 QUALITY STANDARDS:
A. All manufacturers specified herein , under division 16, represent products that meet the
project quality standards. Other products which meet or exceed this standard shall be
considered equivalent, subject to final review.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
B. Where three or more manufacturers of one product are listed, the Contractor shall bid the job
using one of these manufacturers. Any proposed substitutions must be requested in writing and
received no less than 14 days prior to the bid date. Written substitution requests shall include:
-
-
Credit or extra cost resulting from the substitution.
The advantage to the Board of in accepting the substitution
Acknowledgement that the ramifications or impact on other trades and the construction
schedule has been considered and that all costs associated with the substitution are
reflected in the request.
Pertinent manufacturer‟s cut sheets, shop drawings, installation diagrams, etc.
Compliance with pertinent codes and regulating agencies.
C. The Contractor is responsible for assuring products supplied by listed or alternate
manufacturers are of equivalent or better quality as the primary specified manufacturer. This
quality standard will apply to all components of a given product.
1.5 SUBMITTALS:
A. Within thirty days after the award of the contract , submit to the Board‟s Contract
Representative a complete list of manufacturer‟s for all materials and equipment.
The list will follow the sequence of the Specifications. Provide manufacturer‟s cut sheets
and installation guidelines for all motor switches disconnects and starters. After acceptance,
provide material data sheets as requested for specific materials and or components.
B. Deviation from the accepted material and equipment lists is not allowed.
C. Provide Shop Drawings of new exhaust fan motor connections upon request and if deviating
in material and method from original equipment electrical connections.
D. All submittals shall be labeled indicating the following data:
-
Project Name and Address
Project Title
SRBR Project Number
Contractors Name, Address, Telephone Number and Contact Person
Suppliers Name, Telephone Number (pertinent supplier‟s literature and diagrams)
Applicable Specification Section
1.6 COORDINATION:
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the work and equipment as
specified herein with work to be performed and equipment to be furnished , as specified under
other sections of the specifications in order to assure a complete and satisfactory installation
meeting the approval of the Board‟s Contract Representative, The PGCPS Department of
Building Services Department Electrical Shop‟s Planner, and Prince George‟s County Code
Enforcement Officials.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate the work of this Division with other trades, the Overall
Project Foreman, and PGCPS staff to ensure smooth progress and satisfactory project
completion.
C. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor will review the Contract Drawings
and the Specifications of all Divisions to ensure that all electrical requirements can be met.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
D. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor will verify equipment voltages, phase, load
and grounding requirements to ensure proper electrical connections and wiring components
for all new equipment.
Part 2 – Material And Equipment
2.1 SCOPE:
A. Furnish, install and connect all equipment as specified herein and under the subsequent
Sections of Division 16 and/or on the drawings.
B. The Contractor, in accepting the Contract, is assumed to be thoroughly familiar with the
materials required and their limitations as to use, and requirements for connection, setting,
maintenance and operation. Whenever an article, material or equipment is specified and a
fastening, furring, connection (including utility connection), access hole, closure piece, or
accessory is normally considered essential to the installation in good quality construction,
such will be included as if fully specified.
C. Replacement material and equipment installed shall be new unless otherwise indicated or
Specified, and shall be approved by the Underwriters‟s Laboratories, Inc. for installation in
each particular case where standards have been established.
Part 3 –Execution
3.1 PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES:
A. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits and certificates and shall pay all fees and
charges connected herewith. The certificates shall be delivered to the Board‟s Contract
Representative before final payment is made.
3.2 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES:
A. It shall be the Contractor‟s responsibility to completely supervise and direct the work, using
his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for all electrical construction means,
techniques, sequences, procedures and for coordinating all portions of the work under the
contract.
B. The Contractor‟s Field Foreman or Supervisor shall have the ability to fluently communicate
in English.
3.3 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS:
A. The entire work required to replace the specified rooftop equipment shall be constructed and
furnished in a first class , substantial and professional manner , according to the full intent
and meaning of the drawings and specifications. Everything necessary for the completion of
the work and successful operation of thereof shall be furnished.
B. The general arrangement of conduit, wiring and equipment shall be as shown on the contract
drawings. Electrical drawings are archival drawings only however, no field survey was
performed by PGCPS staff to confirm voltages, phasing, motor horsepower, wiring,
conduit and controls. The Contractor is responsible for performing field surveys to verify
or update the electrical parameters of the equipment being replaced prior to beginning the
work. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of materials and equipment in
each location without substantial alteration.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
C. The Contractor will be responsible for providing new electrical connections as follows:
1. For single phase exhaust fans – provide new electrical connections (wire and conduit) to
the first disconnect device and replace the existing disconnect device with a new disconnect
device to match or exceed existing per the fan motor manufacturer‟s specifications and to
adhere to current code requirements.
2. For three phase exhaust fans – provide new electrical connections (wire and conduit) to
the first disconnect device and replace the existing disconnect device with a new disconnect
device to match or exceed existing per the fan motor manufacturer‟s specifications and to
adhere to current code requirements. Also replace the existing motor starter with a new
starter per the fan manufacturer‟s specifications and to adhere to current code requirements.
3. Upon completion of each fan installation, the Contractor will test the operation of each fan
to confirm proper installation and operation. Exhaust fans that will not operate after proper
installation of correct replacement components will be noted and a list of inoperable new
fans will be provided to the Board‟s Contract Representative for troubleshooting and
investigation by the Department of Building Services Electrical Shop. Upon investigation if
it is found that the new equipment is defective, not installed properly, is not phased
correctly, voltage not matched properly or starters and or switches were not adequate or
were installed incorrectly, the Contractor will resolve such issues at no additional cost to the
Board. If the new equipment function is compromised by faulty panel connections, blown
fuses or compromised wiring not within the above scope of work, the responsibility of
correcting such issues will belong to the Board’s Department of Building Services. It will
be expected however, in good faith, that any damage caused in the course of the work by
the Contractor’s effort will be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional
cost.
D. All conduit, devices wiring, and any other necessary fittings or accessories for power and
control connections for new rooftop replacement equipment shall be installed under this
section. All motor and equipment ratings shown on the Drawing Fan Schedule or Archival
Drawing Sheets should be verified by the Contractor. Should substituted equipment of
different ratings be furnished, the effected circuit components shall be adjusted accordingly to
suit at no additional cost to the Board.
3.4
CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A. All cutting and patching necessary for the installation of the electrical work is included.
See Section 16120 Existing Conditions, Item 3.4. Any damage done to the work already in
place by reason of this work shall be repaired at the Contractor‟s expense. All patching shall
be uniform in appearance and shall match the surrounding surface(s).
3.5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION:
A. All electrical equipment including disconnect switches, contactors, motor starters, etc. shall be
provided with proper identification to relate to its function by reference to the equipment
served. Plastic or metal nameplates may be used. Industrial grade labels may be used.
Labeling will be suitable for the environment and must be designed for long term use.
END OF SECTION -16110
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 16120 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
Part 1 – General
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. The Contractor shall make all necessary changes to the existing electrical system to
accommodate the exhaust fan replacement. This includes the removal of existing exhaust fans
as indicated and reconnection of new equipment per all applicable code provisions. The intent
of this project is to replace all rooftop fans 20 years old and older. Also included, is the
removal or relocation and reconnection of existing equipment that is disturbed by the
equipment replacement.
B. Material and equipment made superfluous by reason of the new work shall become the
property of the Contractor and shall be removed from site unless the equipment is specifically
indicated to be retained by the Board, in which case the contractor shall disconnect and
remove the equipment and return it to the owner.
1.2 SITE VISIT:
A. Prior to preparing the bid, the Contractor shall visit the site and familiarize himself with all the
existing conditions. Make all necessary investigations as to the location of utilities and all
other matters that can affect the work. Fan specifications provided are archival and no site
site surveys were performed by the Board to verify the accuracy of the archival information.
It is the contractors responsibility to verify the equipment parameters. No additional
compensation will be made to the contractor as a result of his failure to familiarize himself
with the existing conditions under which the work must be performed. There will be no
compensation for failure to clarify any existing mitigating site conditions prior to bid.
Part 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The contractor shall furnish all labor, material and equipment to complete the demolition and
maintain existing circuits and systems required to remain in service during the construction
phase and or after the completion of the work..
Part 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 UTILITY COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall coordinate the removal or relocation of existing electrical systems with
the utility company if required prior to commencement of the work.
B. No work shall be performed on or near existing service entrance and distribution equipment
without the approval of the authorized utility representative.
3.2 OUTAGES
A. All electrical work which will interfere with the normal use of the building in any manner
shall be done at such times as shall be mutually agreed upon by the Board.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
B. Unless otherwise specified, outages of any services required for the performance of this
and affecting areas other than the immediate work area shall be scheduled at least ten (10)
working days in advance with the school staff and the Department of Building Services. All
such outages shall be performed during other than normal duty hours.
C. The Contractor shall include in his price the cost of all premium time required for outages
and other work which interferes with the normal use of the building, which will be performed
in most cases , during other than normal working hours and at the convenience of the Board.
3.3 CONNECTIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING WORK
A. When existing exhaust fans are removed, all conduits, wiring, etc. shall be removed back to
the closest disconnect device unless otherwise noted. Circuits being eliminated entirely shall
be removed back to the panel board of origin. Portions of shared circuits being eliminated
shall be removed back to the nearest junction box.
B. Removal and relocation of existing services shall be closely coordinated with school staff. If
they impact adjacent areas in the building that are operational.
C. While performing demolition or new equipment connection activities, the Contractor will take
extreme care to protect all existing building components, finishes, furnishings and equipment
from dirt, debris and damage. All damage incurred as a result of the Contractor‟s operations
or negligence shall be repaired or replaced at Contractor‟s expense.
3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and patching associated with the work in the existing structure shall be performed in a
neat and professional manner Existing surfaces, which are damaged by the Contractor shall
be repaired or patched with new materials.
B. Structural building components shall not be cut or penetrated. Holes cut through concrete and
or masonry to accommodate new work shall be cut by reciprocating or rotary non percussive
methods.
C. Patching of areas disturbed by installation of new work and or required demolition, shall
match existing adjacent surfaces as to material texture and color.
D Patching of areas disturbed by installation of new work and or required demolition, shall
match existing adjacent surfaces as to material texture and color.
3.5 WIRING IN EXISTING AREAS
A Existing equipment which is not indicated or specified to be removed shall remain in service
unless directed or specified otherwise. Any additional wiring, conduit, connections, switches,
etc. that are required to maintain electrical connections to such equipment shall be furnished
and installed by the contractor as part of this contract whether indicated on the drawings or
not.
B. Bridging or temporary service connections shall be provided by the Contractor during a
service interruption as may be necessary to maintain essential building security systems such
as, Fire Alarm, Burglar or Sprinkler Alarm Systems, Security and Emergency Lighting
systems, etc.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
C. The Contractor shall schedule the electrical work in such a manner as to keep disruptions to
the normal building operations at a minimum. When an interruption/ disruption is necessary,
the Contractor will inform the school administration and all affected staff as soon as possible
before proceeding with the interruption. Any power outage shall be coordinated ahead of time
by the Contractor with all affected parties. Bridging or temporary service connections shall be
provided by the Contractor as part of this contract.
END OF SECTION - 16120
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 16310 – GROUNDING
Part 1 – GENERAL
1.1 Provide grounds for all raceways, mechanical equipment and outlets in accordance
with IEEE Standard 141.
A. Provide separate, green insulated ground wires for all isolated ground receptacles and
equipment grounds for flexible connections to equipment or devices and where indicated on
the drawings or as required by code. Where separate insulated grounds are specified or
indicated on the circuit homeruns, the insulated ground shall be installed along the entire
length of the circuit and bonded to all devices, fixtures, etc. although not specifically indicated
on the remaining circuit connections shown.
B. Receptacles shall be positively grounded and not dependent upon the grounding strap.
C. Required separate insulated equipment grounds shall be installed in addition to and bonded to
raceway grounding.
D. Isolated grounds shall be installed and connected to all isolated ground receptacles and where
specified in equipment manufacturer‟s installation specifications or required by code. The
isolated grounds shall be isolated from the branch feeder equipment ground and shall be
directly bonded to the main grounding electrode (or the secondary step down transformer
grounding if same supplies the connected circuit). Isolated grounds shall be installed in strict
accordance with NFPA 70 article 250 for separately derived systems.
E. Grounding cable connections to water piping shall be made using bronze clamps with rigid
jaws and bolt-on connectors.
F. Grounding connection to mechanical equipment or panelboards shall be made using lug
connectors bolted-on to the equipment. These lugs shall be furnished by the Contractor.
G. Continuity of metal raceways shall be insured by the use of double locknuts. Provide bonding
jumpers on concrete lined water systems and around water valves when required.
H. All PVC raceways containing power wiring shall have a separate grounding conductor
installed.
END OF SECTION - 16310
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
SECTION 16420 – DISCONNECTS
Part 1 – GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL:
A. The contractor shall furnish and install new safety disconnect switches at all new replacement
equipment and where require by the NEC. Switches shall be horsepower-rated where
applicable, and shall be of the type and size required. Switches shall be manufactured by
Square D or equivalent by Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Westinghouse or Siemens.
It is preferred that equipment be brand-compatible with other existing equipment in the
building. This is usually determined by the equipment being replaced or existing disconnect
equipment serving mechanical equipment in the Boiler Room.
Part 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 CLASSIFICATIONS:
A. Disconnect switches shall be NEMA 1 for interior work and NEMA 3R for exterior work and
damp locations.
2.2 TYPES:
A. All switches shall be visible blade, externally operated, with all current carrying parts silver or
tin plated. Switches shall be Square D Company, type HD, heavy-duty.
B. Switches shall be equipped with a cover interlock to prevent operation with the cover open and
shall have provisions for not less than two external padlocks.
C. Switches shall be fused or non-fused type to match existing and to conform to applicable code
Requirements (NEC). Fused switches shall be provided with rejection clip feature. Switches
for air conditioning equipment (rooftop units, split systems, and other multiple motor systems)
shall be fused type)
Part 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 MOUNTING:
A. The Contractor shall verify all replacement disconnect switch locations prior to replacement.
The Contractor shall exercise extreme care when mounting safety switches for mechanical
equipment so as not to block equipment service access.
END OF SECTION - 16420
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII STANDARDS FOR NEW
ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, RE-ROOFING
CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM
GAURANTEE REQUIREMENTS
From: State of Maryland Department of General Services
Office of Facilities Planning, Design and Construction
Project Management and Design Division
Procedure Manual for Professional Services
Cover Sheet
Partial Table of Contents
Forward
Chapter VII – Standards For new Roofing Construction and
Roofing System Guarantee Requirements
Portions of the State of Maryland DGS Procedure Manual
are provided to inform Designers and Roofing Contractors of
general roofing and re-roofing guidelines and requirements
set forth by the State of Maryland DGS for State funded
projects that include roofing.
All Designers and Bidders should be familiar with these State
of Maryland guidelines that pertain specifically to roofing in
addition to the following PGCPS Roofing Replacement Project
Specifications.
The Entire DGS Procedure Manual can be accessed via the
md.gov website.
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
PROCEDURE MANUAL
For
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
STATE OF MARYLAND
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SERVICES
Alvin C. Collins, Secretary
OFFICE OF FACILITIES PLANNING, DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND DESIGN DIVISION
State Office Building
301 West Preston Street, Room 1405
Baltimore, Maryland 21201
July, 2010
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
____________________________________________
FOREWARD
____________________________________________
This Procedure Manual is incorporated by reference and made a part of
the Standard Form of Agreement with Architects and Engineers. In the
event of any conflict between the provisions of this manual and the
provisions of the Architect/Engineer agreement, the provisions of the
Architect/Engineer agreement shall govern. This Manual has been
prepared to serve as a guide for providing professional services during all
phases of design and the preparation of contract documents for capital
projects involving the construction, alteration or renovation of State
buildings, with an estimated construction cost greater than $2 million. It is
intended that the procedures outlined herein shall be followed to the fullest
extent practicable for other State public improvements such as facilities
renewal projects, special structures, roads, utilities, site improvements, etc.
For projects with an estimated construction cost less than $2 million, the
procedures may be relaxed with the authorization of the DGS Assistant
Secretary for Facilities Planning. It is further intended to include all
professional services. The term "Architect/Engineer" (A/E) includes
architects, engineers, landscape architects, and other qualified
professionals who may furnish such services in the development of State
public improvements.
Procedure Manual For Professional Services
July, 2010
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII - STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION
RE-ROOFING CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING
SYSTEM GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII-1
Steep Slope Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII-2
Low Slope Roofs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-3
Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-4
Flashing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-5
Roof Drains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-6
Roof Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .VII-6
Roof Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII-7
Contractor‟s Guarantee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII-7
Green Roofing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII-7
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII
TITLE: STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING July 2010
CONSTRUCTION, RE-ROOFING CONSTRUCTION
AND ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
Responsible Organization: Office of Facilities Planning
Instructions: This Manual supersedes the DGS Procedure Manual for Professional Services dated
July 2003, including updates in 2007.
Please recycle the superseded document.
1 GENERAL
1.1 FOR NEW BUILDING PROJECTS, the selection of either a steep slope or low slope roofing
system shall be based on the results of a 60 year life cycle cost analysis. This analysis shall consider
the scope impact on building structural, mechanical and electrical systems required to configure the
building for both a steep slope and a low slope roofing system, as well as the maintenance and
replacement intervals and costs for both roofing systems.
1.2 FOR ROOF REPLACEMENT PROJECTS, the selection of the replacement roofing system
shall be based on an evaluation of costs associated with factors affecting the proposed system,
including span dimension, structural condition, foundation design/capacity, and disposition or
accommodation of roof top equipment.
1.3 ROOFS ON NEW CONSTRUCTION shall be pitched to drains or gutters, with the roof
slope achieved structurally.
1.4 REFERENCES TO NATIONAL STANDARDS DOCUMENTS such as the American
Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Factory
Mutual System (FM), Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), International Building Code (IBC),
American Institute of Steel Construction Manual (AISC), Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA), National Roofing Contractors Association
(NRCA), National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers‟
Association (ARMA), etc., shall be interpreted to refer to the most current edition or revision in
effect at the time a design is in progress as this takes precedence.
1.5 ALL MATERIALS used for roofing systems shall be asbestos free.
Procedure Manual for Professional Services
Roofing Standards
July 2010 VII-1
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII
STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, REROOFING
CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
1.6 A SITE VISIT to verify existing conditions will be made for all roof replacement and roof
repair projects to verify existing conditions and dimensions even though as-built drawings are
provided. Where composition, thickness or make up of the existing roof system or any of its
components cannot be determined by visual means alone, an exploratory investigation shall be
conducted to include dismantling or opening up a representative portion of the roof system. Patch
and make watertight all areas disturbed during investigation.
2 STEEP SLOPE ROOFS
2.1 STEEP SLOPE ROOFS with a minimum slope of 2-1/2 inches per foot, may be finished with
a standing seam metal or sheet metal system or a fiberglass shingle system surfaced with ceramic
coated mineral aggregate. All steep slope roofs must have a full width (36") of modified bitumen ice
dam protection membrane installed at all eaves and valleys.
2.2 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING SYSTEMS shall be fabricated metal panel systems
from nominal 22 gauge G-90 galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A446 Grade A and ASTM
A525. Alternative panel thickness of 24 gauge or 20 gauge may be considered based on an
evaluation of roof framing and purlin spacing. All standing seams shall be double locked
with a seam height no greater than 1½ inches. The system shall conform to the requirements of
ANSI Publication A 58.1, the IBC Chapter 15, and the American Institute of Steel Construction
Manual. The panels shall have a UL Class 120 rating and the structural uniform uplift load capacity
shall be in accordance with ASTM E330. The finish shall be equal to at least 70% Kynar and
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM procedures. The system shall have a 20 year
manufacturer's weatherproof warranty. The Kynar color finish shall also be covered by a 20 year
manufacturer's warranty.
2.3 ASPHALT SHINGLES shall be reinforced with fiberglass wind resistant type, UL Class A,
and comply with ASTM D3462 and ICBO ES AC 127. Shingle manufacturer shall provide a
40 (+) year warranty covering repair or replacement of defective shingles as necessary to eliminate
leaks. Where “Nailbase” insulation is used ventilation must be provided. Metal drip edges must be
installed on all eave and rake edges.
Procedure Manual for Professional Services
Roofing Standards
July 2010 VII-2
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII
STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, REROOFING
CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
2.4 SPECIAL ROOFS: Under special conditions relating to aesthetic compatibility with
surrounding buildings or historical consideration, the use of clay tiles, slate tiles, or cedar shakes
may be deemed appropriate. In these cases specifications and details shall be developed in strict
accordance with applicable national standards. The roofing tile or slate manufacturer/quarrier shall
provide material defects warranty coverage of 20 years minimum to 50 years or more based on the
specific roof material and facility under consideration.
2.5 STEEP SLOPE ROOFS shall be provided with adequate means for interior ventilation
through eave or soffit louvers, ridge vents, ventilation boards and thermostatically controlled power
fans to prevent moisture condensation and excessive heat under roofing or sheathing. Insulation shall
be provided in the attic space above the ceiling and shall achieve an insulation value of R-38.
3 LOW SLOPE ROOFS
3.1 LOW SLOPE ROOFS shall be required to have a minimum slope of 1/4 inch per foot. New
buildings shall be designed to achieve the minimum slope of 1/4 inch per foot structurally. Existing
buildings may have to be provided with tapered insulation to achieve the minimum slope.
Lightweight concrete shall not be used to create slope.
3.2 PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF INSULATION and the roofing system, all low slope roof
decks shall have:
A. Steel Deck: 1" perlite insulation mechanically fastened and 2 plies of fiberglass felts.
B. Concrete Deck: Asphaltic primer and 2 plies of fiberglass felts.
C. Nailable Decks: (other than Wood, Lightweight Concrete, Gypsum, and Tectum) Rosin-sized
sheathing paper, 75 lb. ventilated base sheet, mechanical fasteners dictated by deck type, and 2
plies of fiberglass felts.
D. Wood Decks: Mechanically fasten 1" thick perlite insulation to deck and install 2 plies of
fiberglass felts with hot asphalt.
Procedure Manual for Professional Services
Roofing Standards
July 2010 VII-3
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII
STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, REROOFING
CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
(1) If wood deck is less than 3/4" thick, nail base sheet to deck and install 2 plies of fiberglass felt
over base sheet.
3.3 ON LOW SLOPE ROOFS from 1/4 inch per foot to 2-1/2 inches per foot all felt plies shall be
back-nailed on slopes greater than 2 inches per foot and the following roofing system shall be used:
A. Four Ply Built-up System: The system consists of four plies of roofing felts alternately placed,
overlapped and saturated with hot asphalt bitumen. Gravel surfacing to be set in hot asphalt.
Roofing felts shall be glass fiber and meet the requirements of Tables 1 and 2 ASTM D-2178
Type VI (Asphalt Impregnated). Steep roofing asphalt shall conform to ASTM D-312, Type III.
B. Warranty: The roofing system shall be covered by a 20 year Total System, No Dollar Limit
(NDL) Warranty and must include all flashings and sheet-metal work. All materials and
workmanship are to be fully guaranteed by the roofing manufacturer issuing the warranty. All
materials must be manufactured by the manufacturer who is to supply the warranty. Any
materials that are not made by the Roofing Materials Manufacturer but submitted for approval
must be accompanied by a letter from the Roofing Materials Manufacturer issuing the 20 year
NDL warranty, stating that this material is suitable for use with their system and fully covered
under their 20 year NDL warranty.
4 INSULATION
4.1 ALL LOW SLOPE ROOFING SYSTEMS shall include insulation. The majority of
insulating value shall be accomplished with the necessary thickness of flat poly-isocyanurate boards.
Where necessary, roof slope shall be developed with tapered perlite board. Organic insulation
material shall not be used under built-up roofs. Light weight concrete insulating fill is not
acceptable. In all cases a minimum 1/2" cover board must be installed over the Isocyanurate
insulation. Perlite and wood fiber are acceptable cover board materials.
4.2 HEAT TRANSMISSION: Insulation heat transmission values shall be established in
accordance with the latest revision of the DGS Energy Conservation Guidelines, Chapter V of this
Manual. For new buildings
Procedure Manual for Professional Services
Roofing Standards
July 2010 VII-4
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII
STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, REROOFING
CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
the suggested insulation value of the roof area envelope is R-20 for low slope roofs. For roof
replacements/renovations on older buildings, a lower "R" value will be considered.
4.3 STRUCTURAL: The first ply of insulation systems over metal decks and wood decks shall be
mechanically fastened using steel fasteners acceptable to the manufacturer furnishing guarantee of
roofing system. Insulation shall also be installed in accordance with Factory Mutual System Class
120 wind uplift guidelines.
4.4 INSULATION shall be applied in several layers, with the joints staggered, in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendation.
4.5 COMPATIBILITY: Insulation material installed between the roof deck and the roof ply shall
be compatible with the roof ply material and asphalt bitumen binder or other adhesive used in the
roofing system.
4.6 WARRANTY: Insulation materials shall be considered an integral component of the roofing
system; and shall be furnished or approved by the roofing system manufacturer; and shall be covered
fully by the roofing system warranty.
5 FLASHING
5.1 BASE FLASHING is part of the roofing system and shall meet requirements of manufacturer
furnishing roofing system. Where roof meets a parapet or adjacent building wall, the base flashing
shall extend up the wall at least 8 inches, but generally not more than 14 inches unless necessary to
be consistent with existing conditions or design requirements. If flashing height is greater than 14
inches, a 2 piece flashing system may be required.
5.2 OTHER FLASHING: Other than base flashing - metal flashing, including expansion joint
flashing, shall be in accordance with SMACNA Standards and the NRCA Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual and fully covered under the 20 year „NDL‟ warranty.
5.3 PITCH POCKETS SHALL BE AVOIDED. Where that is not possible, pitch pockets shall be
filled with a pourable urethane sealer. Roof penetrations will be flashed with preformed flexible
flashing, using clamps and tents, unless the penetration is such a complex shape that a pitch pocket is
required.
Procedure Manual for Professional Services
Roofing Standards
July 2010 VII-5
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII
STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, REROOFING
CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
5.4 ALL PARAPET WALLS must be covered with a metal coping cap over a “peel and stick”
type modified bitumen membrane and any necessary wood blocking/nailers, etc.
6 ROOF DRAINS
6.1 ROOF DRAINS shall be provided with shallow sumps, gravel stops, and minimum 4.0 pound
lead flashing in accordance with the NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and the
international Plumbing Code.
6.2 ROOF DRAINS shall be located wherever possible at the low points, and crickets must be
provided between drains in structurally formed valleys and around any structure impeding the flow
of water in the drain field to assure positive water flow to the drains.
6.3 ROOF DRAINAGE PATTERNS should be designed to locate roof drains at the mid-points
between columns and beams. Overflow scuppers should be provided through perimeter parapet
walls, or overflow relief drains should be provided at roof drain locations, to relieve storm water
build-up caused by clogged roof drains.
6.4 ROOF DRAINAGE that is directed to exterior downspouts, splash blocks shall be provided at
all ground discharge points. Where possible, downspouts may discharge directly into a storm
drainage system.
7 ROOF ACCESS
7.1 PERMANENT ACCESS to all roof areas from the inside of the building shall be provided
(with a roof hatch and a “ship” type ladder) for all buildings over two stories high with low slope
roofs.
7.2 ROOF ACCESS for one and two story buildings with low slope roofs and for buildings with
steep slope roofs will be evaluated based on building and roof configuration and roof type.
7.3 EXTERIOR ACCESS must be provided for all multi-level roofs from the second story up.
Procedure Manual for Professional Services
Roofing Standards
July 2010 VII-6
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII
STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, REROOFING
CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
8 ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
8.1 ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT shall be minimized; penthouse enclosures
of equipment are preferred.
8.2 ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT shall be installed on curbs and shall be
provided with suitable vibration isolation devices and proper
flashing.
8.3 IF IT IS NECESSARY TO MOUNT EQUIPMENT ABOVE THE ROOF, without
using a curb, sufficient clearance shall be provided under the equipment to permit maintenance of
the roofing system, as well as adequate clearance for future roof replacement.
8.3 EQUIPMENT SCREENS must be provided to conceal all roof top equipment.
8.4 INORGANIC WALKING PADS shall be provided from roof access to roof mounted
equipment. Modified bitumen membrane is acceptable.
9 CONTRACTOR‟S GUARANTEE
9.1 THE CONTRACTOR must have at least 5 years experience installing the type of roofing they
are bidding on.
9.2 THE CONTRACTOR must be a NDL certified roofing system installer for at least 5 years
continuously (currently), and must provide to the State a current letter from a roofing materials
manufacturer stating this and that their workmanship, including flashings and sheet-metal work, will
be fully covered by the Manufacturers‟ 20 year „NDL‟ warranty without exception.
9.3 THE CONTRACTOR must also provide the State with a minimum 2 year workmanship
guarantee.
10 GREEN ROOFING SYSTEMS
10.1 GREEN ROOFING SYSTEMS shall comply with the requirements of the International
Building Code (IBC) (Latest Edition) Chapters 15 and 16. All systems must comply with NSI/SPRI
VF-1 and current ANSI wind design guidelines.
Procedure Manual for Professional Services
Roofing Standards
July 2010 VII-7
C. ELIZABETH RIEG CENTER ROOFING REPLACEMENT - FY 14
CHAPTER VII
STANDARDS FOR NEW ROOFING CONSTRUCTION, REROOFING
CONSTRUCTION AND ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS
10.2 INTENSIVE GREEN ROOFS shall be designed for uniform design live load in the
landscaped area as indicated in Section 1607.11.3 of the IBC. The weight of the landscaping
materials shall be considered as dead load and shall be computed on the basis of saturation of the
soil.
10.3 EXTENSIVE GREEN ROOFS shall be designed for a minimum uniform live load of 100
psi as per Table 1607.1 of the IBC.
10.4 THERMO PLASTIC SINGLE PLY ROOFING shall comply with Chapter 15 of the IBC
and shall have a minimum slope of 1/4" + 1'-0" (2%). The roof covering shall comply with ASTM
D6878.
Procedure Manual for Professional Services
Roofing Standards
July 2010 VII-8
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement